Version 1.75.

member.

.cvsignore

@@ -1,31 +1,21 @@
-.deps
-ChangeLog
 Makefile
-Makefile.in
-aclocal.m4
-bison
-bison.aux
-bison.cp
-bison.cps
-bison.dvi
-bison.fn
-bison.info
-bison.info-[0-9]*
-bison.ky
-bison.log
-bison.pg
-bison.ps
-bison.simple
-bison.toc
-bison.tp
-bison.vr
 config.cache
 config.h
-config.hin
 config.log
 config.status
+stamp-h*
+bison-*
+patches
+*.patch *.log log patches applied
+*.prj
+releases
+*.flc
+autom4te.cache
+intl
+Makefile.in
 configure
-stamp-h
-stamp-vti
-version.c
-version.texi
+config.hin
+aclocal.m4
+ABOUT-NLS
+INSTALL
+COPYING

.project

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+patch_list='Bison Patches <[email protected]>'

COPYING

@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+		       Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+			    Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+    parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
+    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+    received the program in object code or executable form with such
+    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+			    NO WARRANTY
+
+  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+	    How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year  name of author
+    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.

GNUmakefile

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# Having a separate GNUmakefile lets me `include' the dynamically
+# generated rules created via Makefile.maint as well as Makefile.maint itself.
+# This makefile is used only if you run GNU Make.
+# It is necessary if you want to build targets usually of interest
+# only to the maintainer.
+
+# Systems where /bin/sh is not the default shell need this.  The $(shell)
+# command below won't work with e.g. stock DOS/Windows shells.
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+have-Makefile := $(shell test -f Makefile && echo yes)
+
+# If the user runs GNU make but has not yet run ./configure,
+# give them a diagnostic.
+ifeq ($(have-Makefile),yes)
+
+include Makefile
+include $(srcdir)/Makefile.maint
+
+else
+
+all:
+	@echo There seems to be no Makefile in this directory.
+	@echo "You must run ./configure before running \`make'."
+	@exit 1
+
+endif
+
+# Tell version 3.79 and up of GNU make to not build goals in this
+# directory in parallel.  This is necessary in case someone tries to
+# build multiple targets on one command line.
+.NOTPARALLEL:

HACKING

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+-*- outline -*-
+
+This file attempts to describe the rules to use when hacking Bison.
+Don't put this file into the distribution.  Don't mention it in the
+ChangeLog.
+
+Everything related to the development of Bison is on Savannah:
+
+	http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/bison/
+
+
+* Administrivia
+
+** If you incorporate a change from somebody on the net:
+First, if it is a large change, you must make sure they have signed
+the appropriate paperwork.  Second, be sure to add their name and
+email address to THANKS.
+
+** If a change fixes a test, mention the test in the ChangeLog entry.
+
+** Bug reports
+If somebody reports a new bug, mention his name in the ChangeLog entry
+and in the test case you write.  Put him into THANKS.
+
+The correct response to most actual bugs is to write a new test case
+which demonstrates the bug.  Then fix the bug, re-run the test suite,
+and check everything in.
+
+
+* Hacking
+
+** Visible changes
+Which include serious bug fixes, must be mentioned in NEWS.
+
+** Translations
+Only user visible strings are to be translated: error messages, bits
+of the .output file etc.  This excludes impossible error messages
+(comparable to assert/abort), and all the --trace output which is
+meant for the maintainers only.
+
+
+* Test suite
+
+** make check
+Use liberally.
+
+** Release checks
+Try to run the test suite with more severe conditions before a
+release:
+
+- Configure the package with --enable-gcc-warnings, so that one checks
+  that 1. Bison compiles cleanly, 2. the parsers it produces compile
+  cleanly too.
+
+- run `make maintainer-check' which:
+  - runs `valgrind -q bison' to run Bison under Valgrind.
+  - runs the parsers under Valdrind.
+  - runs the test suite with G++ as C compiler...
+
+- Change tests/atlocal/CFLAGS to add your preferred options.  For
+  instance, `-traditional' to check that the parsers are K&R.  Note
+  that it does not make sense for glr.c, which should be ANSI,
+  but currently is actually GNU C, nor for lalr1.cc, which anyway is
+  not exercised yet in the test suite.
+
+
+* Release Procedure
+
+** Tests
+See above.
+
+** Update the foreign files
+Running `make update' in the top level should make it all for you.
+This covers PO files too.  Beware that it happens that some PO files
+contain serious problems and are rejected by recent Gettext releases:
+fix them all, and complain to the Translation Project!
+
+Note that there might be *new* PO files.  Don't forget to update the
+whole machinery, which not only includes LINGUAS, but `cvs add'ing the
+PO files too.
+
+** Update NEWS
+The version number, *and* the date of the release (including for
+betas).
+
+** Update ChangeLog
+Should have an entry similar to `Version 1.49b.'.
+Check all this in once `make distcheck' passes.
+
+** make alpha
+Running `make alpha' is absolutely perfect for beta releases: it makes
+the tarballs, the xdeltas, and prepares (in /tmp/) a proto
+announcement.  It is so neat, that that's what I use anyway for
+genuine releases, but adjusting things by hand (e.g., the urls in the
+announcement file, the ChangeLog which is not needed etc.).
+
+If it fails, you're on your own...
+
+It requires GNU Make.
+
+** Upload
+Put the tarballs/xdeltas where they should be.  Or put it somewhere,
+and send the URL to [email protected].
+
+** Bump the version number
+In configure.ac.  Run `make', check this in.
+
+** Announce
+Complete/fix the announcement file, and send it at least to
+[email protected] (if a real release, or a ``serious beta''),
+[email protected], and [email protected].
+
+
+-----
+
+Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Bison.
+
+GNU Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GNU Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GNU Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA.

Makefile.am

@@ -1,35 +1,46 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
-AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.3
+## Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-#names of parser files
-PFILE = bison.simple
-PFILE1 = bison.hairy
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+## (at your option) any later version.
 
-INCLUDES = -DXPFILE=\"$(datadir)/$(PFILE)\" \
-           -DXPFILE1=\"$(datadir)/$(PFILE1)\"
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+## GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-bin_PROGRAMS = bison
+## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+## 02111-1307  USA
 
-bison_SOURCES = LR0.c allocate.c closure.c conflicts.c derives.c	\
-    files.c getargs.c gram.c lalr.c lex.c main.c nullable.c output.c	\
-    print.c reader.c reduce.c symtab.c warshall.c version.c getopt.c	\
-    getopt1.c
+ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
 
-EXTRA_bison_SOURCES = vmsgetargs.c
+SUBDIRS = config po lib data src doc m4 tests
 
-bison_LDADD = @ALLOCA@
+EXTRA_DIST = REFERENCES OChangeLog Makefile.maint GNUmakefile
 
-noinst_HEADERS = alloc.h files.h gram.h lex.h machine.h state.h	\
- symtab.h system.h types.h getopt.h
+.PHONY: maintainer-check
+maintainer-check:
+	cd tests && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $@
 
-data_DATA = $(PFILE) $(PFILE1)
-info_TEXINFOS = bison.texinfo
-man_MANS = bison.1
+## ---------------------------- ##
+## Customizing Makefile.maint.  ##
+## ---------------------------- ##
 
-EXTRA_DIST = bison.1 bison.s1 bison.hairy REFERENCES configure.bat	\
- build.com bison.cld bison.rnh vmshlp.mar OChangeLog
+move_if_change = $(srcdir)/config/move-if-change
+prev_version_file = $(srcdir)/config/prev-version.txt
+release_archive_dir = releases
 
-bison.simple: bison.s1 Makefile
-	-rm -f $@
-	sed -e "/^#line/ s|bison|$(datadir)/bison|" -e "s/@bison_version@/$(VERSION)/" < $< > $@-tmp
-	mv $@-tmp $@
+# Uploading betas.
+hosts = alpha
+alpha_host = alpha.gnu.org
+alpha_url_dir = gnu/bison
+
+# Files to update automatically.
+wget_files = $(srcdir)/config/config.guess $(srcdir)/config/config.sub \
+	     $(srcdir)/config/texinfo.tex
+
+cvs_files = $(srcdir)/config/missing

Makefile.maint

@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+# -*-Makefile-*-
+# This Makefile fragment is shared between fileutils, sh-utils, textutils,
+# CPPI, Bison, and Autoconf.
+
+## Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+##
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+## any later version.
+##
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+## GNU General Public License for more details.
+##
+## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+## 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# Do not save the original name or timestamp in the .tar.gz file.
+GZIP_ENV = '--no-name --best'
+
+CVS = cvs
+
+prev_version_file ?= .prev-version
+
+THIS_VERSION_REGEXP = $(subst .,\.,$(VERSION))
+PREV_VERSION := $(shell cat $(prev_version_file))
+PREV_VERSION_REGEXP := $(shell echo $(PREV_VERSION)|sed 's/\./\\./g')
+
+tag-package = $(shell echo "$(PACKAGE)" | tr '[:lower:]' '[:upper:]')
+tag-this-version = $(subst .,_,$(VERSION))
+tag-prev-version = $(subst .,_,$(PREV_VERSION))
+this-cvs-tag = $(tag-package)-$(tag-this-version)
+prev-cvs-tag = $(tag-package)-$(tag-prev-version)
+my_distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+
+# Old releases are stored here.
+# Used for diffs and xdeltas.
+release_archive_dir ?= ../release
+
+
+
+## ---------------- ##
+## Updating files.  ##
+## ---------------- ##
+
+WGET = wget
+ftp-gnu = ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu
+
+# Use mv, if you don't have/want move-if-change.
+move_if_change ?= move-if-change
+
+# ------------------- #
+# Updating PO files.  #
+# ------------------- #
+
+po_repo = http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/maint/$(PACKAGE)
+.PHONY: do-po-update po-update
+do-po-update:
+	tmppo=/tmp/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)-po &&\
+	rm -rf $$tmppo && \
+	mkdir $$tmppo && \
+	(cd $$tmppo && $(WGET) -r -l1 -nd --no-parent -A '*.po' $(po_repo)) &&\
+	cp $$tmppo/*.po po
+	cd po && $(MAKE) update-po
+	$(MAKE) po-check
+
+po-update:
+	if test -d "po"; then \
+	  $(MAKE) do-po-update; \
+	fi
+
+# -------------------------- #
+# Updating GNU build tools.  #
+# -------------------------- #
+
+# The following pseudo table associates a local directory and a URL
+# with each of the files that belongs to some other package and is
+# regularly updated from the specified URL.
+wget_files ?= $(srcdir)/config.guess $(srcdir)/config.sub \
+              $(srcdir)/src/ansi2knr.c \
+	      $(srcdir)/doc/texinfo.tex
+wget-targets = $(patsubst %, get-%, $(wget_files))
+
+config.guess-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/config/
+config.sub-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/config/
+
+ansi2knr.c-url_prefix = ftp://ftp.cs.wisc.edu/ghost/
+
+texinfo.tex-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/texinfo/
+
+standards.texi-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/GNUinfo/
+make-stds.texi-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/GNUinfo/
+
+target = $(patsubst get-%, %, $@)
+url = $($(notdir $(target))-url_prefix)$(notdir $(target))
+
+.PHONY: $(wget-targets)
+$(wget-targets):
+	$(WGET) $(url) -O $(target).t \
+	  && $(move_if_change) $(target).t $(target)
+
+.PHONY: wget-update
+wget-update: $(wget-targets)
+
+
+# Updating tools via CVS.
+cvs_files ?= depcomp missing
+cvs-targets = $(patsubst %, get-%, $(cvs_files))
+
+automake_repo = :pserver:[email protected]:/cvs/automake
+.PHONY: $(cvs-targets)
+$(cvs-targets):
+	$(CVS) -d $(automake_repo) co -p automake/lib/$(notdir $(target)) \
+	  >$(target).t \
+	    && $(move_if_change) $(target).t $(target);
+
+.PHONY: cvs-update
+cvs-update: $(cvs-targets)
+
+
+# --------------------- #
+# Updating everything.  #
+# --------------------- #
+
+.PHONY: update
+update: wget-update cvs-update po-update
+
+
+
+## --------------- ##
+## Sanity checks.  ##
+## --------------- ##
+
+# Checks that don't require cvs.  Run `changelog-check' last as
+# previous test may reveal problems requiring new ChangeLog entries.
+local-check: po-check copyright-check writable-files changelog-check
+
+changelog-check:
+	if head ChangeLog | grep 'Version $(VERSION)' >/dev/null; then \
+	  :; \
+	else \
+	  echo "$(VERSION) not in ChangeLog" 1>&2; \
+	  exit 1; \
+	fi
+
+# Verify that all source files using _() are listed in po/POTFILES.in.
+po-check:
+	if test -f po/POTFILES.in; then \
+	  grep -E -v '^(#|$$)' po/POTFILES.in | sort > $@-1; \
+	  grep -E -l '\b_\(' lib/*.c src/*.c | sort > $@-2; \
+	  diff -u $@-1 $@-2 || exit 1; \
+	  rm -f $@-1 $@-2; \
+	fi
+
+# Check that `make alpha' will not fail at the end of the process.
+writable-files:
+	if test -d $(release_archive_dir); then :; else			\
+	  mkdir $(release_archive_dir);					\
+	fi
+	for file in $(distdir).tar.gz $(xd-delta)			\
+	            $(release_archive_dir)/$(distdir).tar.gz		\
+	            $(release_archive_dir)/$(xd-delta); do		\
+	  test -e $$file || continue;					\
+	  test -w $$file						\
+	    || { echo ERROR: $$file is not writable; fail=1; };		\
+	done;								\
+	test "$$fail" && exit 1 || :
+
+# Make sure that the copyright date in lib/version-etc.c is up to date.
+copyright-check:
+	@if test -f lib/version-etc.c; then \
+	  grep 'N_("Copyright (C) $(shell date +%Y) Free' lib/version-etc.c \
+	    >/dev/null \
+	  || { echo 'out of date copyright in $<; update it' 1>&2; exit 1; }; \
+	fi
+
+
+# Sanity checks with the CVS repository.
+cvs-tag-check:
+	echo $(this-cvs-tag); \
+	if $(CVS) -n log -h README | grep -e $(this-cvs-tag): >/dev/null; then \
+	  echo "$(this-cvs-tag) as already been used; not tagging" 1>&2; \
+	  exit 1; \
+	else :; fi
+
+cvs-diff-check:
+	if $(CVS) diff >cvs-diffs; then			  	\
+	  rm cvs-diffs;					  	\
+	else						  	\
+	  echo "Some files are locally modified:" 1>&2;  	\
+	  cat cvs-diffs;					\
+	  exit 1;						\
+	fi
+
+cvs-check: cvs-diff-check cvs-tag-check
+
+maintainer-distcheck: changelog-check
+	$(MAKE) distcheck
+	$(MAKE) my-distcheck
+
+
+
+## -------------- ##
+## Making dists.  ##
+## -------------- ##
+
+
+# Tag before making distribution.  Also, don't make a distribution if
+# checks fail.  Also, make sure the NEWS file is up-to-date.
+# FIXME: use dist-hook/my-dist like distcheck-hook/my-distcheck.
+cvs-dist: local-check cvs-check maintainer-distcheck
+	$(CVS) update po
+	$(CVS) tag -c $(this-cvs-tag)
+	$(MAKE) dist
+
+# Use this to make sure we don't run these programs when building
+# from a virgin tgz file, below.
+null_AM_MAKEFLAGS = \
+  ACLOCAL=false \
+  AUTOCONF=false \
+  AUTOM4TE=false \
+  AUTOMAKE=false \
+  AUTOHEADER=false \
+  MAKEINFO=false
+
+# Detect format-string/arg-list mismatches that would normally be obscured
+# by the use of _().  The --disable-nls effectively defines away that macro,
+# and building with CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' causes any format warning to be
+# treated as a failure.
+t=./=test
+my-distcheck: writable-files po-check
+	-rm -rf $(t)
+	mkdir $(t)
+	GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(AMTAR) -C $(t) -zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
+	cd $(t)/$(distdir) \
+	  && ./configure --disable-nls \
+	  && $(MAKE) CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' \
+	      AM_MAKEFLAGS='$(null_AM_MAKEFLAGS)' \
+	  && $(MAKE) dvi \
+	  && $(MAKE) check \
+	  && $(MAKE) distclean
+	cd $(t) && mv $(distdir) $(distdir).old \
+	  && $(AMTAR) -zxf ../$(distdir).tar.gz
+	diff -ur $(t)/$(distdir).old $(t)/$(distdir)
+	-rm -rf $(t)
+	@echo "========================"; \
+	echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
+	echo "========================"
+
+tgz-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
+tgz-sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
+bz2-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/  -//')
+bz2-sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/  -//')
+xdelta-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(xd-delta)|sed 's/  -//')
+xdelta-sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(xd-delta)|sed 's/  -//')
+tgz-size = $(shell du --human $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/\([MkK]\).*/ \1B/')
+bz2-size = $(shell du --human $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/\([MkK]\).*/ \1B/')
+xd-size = $(shell du --human $(xd-delta)|sed 's/\([MkK]\).*/ \1B/')
+
+rel-check:
+	tarz=/tmp/rel-check-tarz-$$$$; \
+	md5_tmp=/tmp/rel-check-md5-$$$$; \
+	set -e; \
+	trap 'status=$$?; rm -f $$tarz $$md5_tmp; exit $$status' 0 1 2 3 15; \
+	$(WGET) -q --output-document=$$tarz $(url); \
+	echo "$(md5)  -" > $$md5_tmp; \
+	md5sum -c $$md5_tmp < $$tarz
+
+prev-tgz = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION).tar.gz
+xd-delta = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION)-$(VERSION).xdelta
+
+news-r1 = /^[^ ].*$(THIS_VERSION_REGEXP)[]:]/
+news-r2 = /^[^ ].*$(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)[]:]/
+
+rel-files = $(xd-delta) $(distdir).tar.bz2 $(distdir).tar.gz
+announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(rel-files)
+	@( \
+	  echo Subject: $(my_distdir) released; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo FIXME: put comments here; \
+	  echo; \
+	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(my_distdir).tar.gz   ($(tgz-size))"; \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(my_distdir).tar.bz2  ($(bz2-size))"; \
+	  done; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo And here are xdelta-style diffs; \
+	  echo; \
+	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(xd-delta)   ($(xd-size))"; \
+	  done; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo "Here are the MD5 and SHA1 signatures:"; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo "$(tgz-md5)  $(my_distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  echo "$(bz2-md5)  $(my_distdir).tar.bz2"; \
+	  echo "$(xdelta-md5)  $(xd-delta)"; \
+	  echo "$(tgz-sha1)  $(my_distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  echo "$(bz2-sha1)  $(my_distdir).tar.bz2"; \
+	  echo "$(xdelta-sha1)  $(xd-delta)"; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo NEWS:; \
+	  sed -n "$(news-r1),$(news-r2)p" NEWS \
+	    | grep -v '^\['; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo ChangeLog entries:; \
+	  find . -name ChangeLog -maxdepth 2 \
+	    | xargs $(CVS) diff -up -r$(prev-cvs-tag) -rHEAD \
+	    | sed -n 's/^+//p' \
+	    | perl -ne 'm!^\+\+ (\./)?! or print,next;' \
+	      -e 'print "\n"."*"x70 ."\n"; s///; print; print "*"x70 ."\n"'; \
+	)
+
+define emit-upload-commands
+	echo =====================================
+	echo =====================================
+	echo upload $(PACKAGE) $(PREV_VERSION) $(VERSION)
+	echo '# send the /tmp/announcement e-mail'
+	echo =====================================
+	echo =====================================
+endef
+
+$(xd-delta): $(release_archive_dir)/$(prev-tgz) $(distdir).tar.gz
+	xdelta delta -9 $^ $@ || :
+
+alpha:
+	$(MAKE) cvs-dist
+	$(MAKE) $(xd-delta)
+	$(MAKE) -s announcement > /tmp/announce-$(my_distdir)
+	ln $(rel-files) $(release_archive_dir)
+	chmod a-w $(rel-files)
+	echo $(VERSION) > $(prev_version_file)
+	$(CVS) ci -m. $(prev_version_file)
+	@$(emit-upload-commands)

NEWS

@@ -1,7 +1,376 @@
 Bison News
 ----------
 
-Change in version 1.26:
+Changes in version 1.75:
+
+* Bison should now work on 64-bit hosts.
+
+* Indonesian translation thanks to Tedi Heriyanto.
+
+* GLR parsers
+  Fix spurious parse errors.
+
+* Pure parsers
+  Some people redefine yyerror to steal yyparse' private variables.
+  Reenable this trick until an official feature replaces it.
+
+* Type Clashes
+  In agreement with POSIX and with other Yaccs, leaving a default
+  action is valid when $$ is untyped, and $1 typed:
+
+	untyped: ... typed;
+
+  but the converse remains an error:
+
+	typed: ... untyped;
+
+* Values of mid-rule actions
+  The following code:
+
+	foo: { ... } { $$ = $1; } ...
+
+  was incorrectly rejected: $1 is defined in the second mid-rule
+  action, and is equal to the $$ of the first mid-rule action.
+
+Changes in version 1.50, 2002-10-04:
+
+* GLR parsing
+  The declaration
+     %glr-parser
+  causes Bison to produce a Generalized LR (GLR) parser, capable of handling
+  almost any context-free grammar, ambiguous or not.  The new declarations
+  %dprec and %merge on grammar rules allow parse-time resolution of
+  ambiguities.  Contributed by Paul Hilfinger.
+
+  Unfortunately Bison 1.50 does not work properly on 64-bit hosts
+  like the Alpha, so please stick to 32-bit hosts for now.
+
+* Output Directory
+  When not in Yacc compatibility mode, when the output file was not
+  specified, running `bison foo/bar.y' created `foo/bar.c'.  It
+  now creates `bar.c'.
+
+* Undefined token
+  The undefined token was systematically mapped to 2 which prevented
+  the use of 2 by the user.  This is no longer the case.
+
+* Unknown token numbers
+  If yylex returned an out of range value, yyparse could die.  This is
+  no longer the case.
+
+* Error token
+  According to POSIX, the error token must be 256.
+  Bison extends this requirement by making it a preference: *if* the
+  user specified that one of her tokens is numbered 256, then error
+  will be mapped onto another number.
+
+* Verbose error messages
+  They no longer report `..., expecting error or...' for states where
+  error recovery is possible.
+
+* End token
+  Defaults to `$end' instead of `$'.
+
+* Error recovery now conforms to documentation and to POSIX
+  When a Bison-generated parser encounters a syntax error, it now pops
+  the stack until it finds a state that allows shifting the error
+  token.  Formerly, it popped the stack until it found a state that
+  allowed some non-error action other than a default reduction on the
+  error token.  The new behavior has long been the documented behavior,
+  and has long been required by POSIX.  For more details, please see
+  <http://mail.gnu.org/pipermail/bug-bison/2002-May/001452.html>.
+
+* Traces
+  Popped tokens and nonterminals are now reported.
+
+* Larger grammars
+  Larger grammars are now supported (larger token numbers, larger grammar
+  size (= sum of the LHS and RHS lengths), larger LALR tables).
+  Formerly, many of these numbers ran afoul of 16-bit limits;
+  now these limits are 32 bits on most hosts.
+
+* Explicit initial rule
+  Bison used to play hacks with the initial rule, which the user does
+  not write.  It is now explicit, and visible in the reports and
+  graphs as rule 0.
+
+* Useless rules
+  Before, Bison reported the useless rules, but, although not used,
+  included them in the parsers.  They are now actually removed.
+
+* Useless rules, useless nonterminals
+  They are now reported, as a warning, with their locations.
+
+* Rules never reduced
+  Rules that can never be reduced because of conflicts are now
+  reported.
+
+* Incorrect `Token not used'
+  On a grammar such as
+
+           %token useless useful
+           %%
+           exp: '0' %prec useful;
+
+  where a token was used to set the precedence of the last rule,
+  bison reported both `useful' and `useless' as useless tokens.
+
+* Revert the C++ namespace changes introduced in 1.31
+  as they caused too many portability hassles.
+
+* Default locations
+  By an accident of design, the default computation of @$ was
+  performed after another default computation was performed: @$ = @1.
+  The latter is now removed: YYLLOC_DEFAULT is fully responsible of
+  the computation of @$.
+
+* Token end-of-file
+  The token end of file may be specified by the user, in which case,
+  the user symbol is used in the reports, the graphs, and the verbose
+  error messages instead of `$end', which remains being the default.
+  For instance
+     %token YYEOF 0
+  or
+     %token YYEOF 0 "end of file"
+
+* Semantic parser
+  This old option, which has been broken for ages, is removed.
+
+* New translations
+  Brazilian Portuguese, thanks to Alexandre Folle de Menezes.
+  Croatian, thanks to Denis Lackovic.
+
+* Incorrect token definitions
+  When given `%token 'a' "A"', Bison used to output `#define 'a' 65'.
+
+* Token definitions as enums
+  Tokens are output both as the traditional #define's, and, provided
+  the compiler supports ANSI C or is a C++ compiler, as enums.
+  This lets debuggers display names instead of integers.
+
+* Reports
+  In addition to --verbose, bison supports --report=THINGS, which
+  produces additional information:
+  - itemset
+    complete the core item sets with their closure
+  - lookahead
+    explicitly associate lookaheads to items
+  - solved
+    describe shift/reduce conflicts solving.
+    Bison used to systematically output this information on top of
+    the report.  Solved conflicts are now attached to their states.
+
+* Type clashes
+  Previous versions don't complain when there is a type clash on
+  the default action if the rule has a mid-rule action, such as in:
+
+      %type <foo> bar
+      %%
+      bar: '0' {} '0';
+
+  This is fixed.
+
+* GNU M4 is now required when using Bison.
+
+Changes in version 1.35, 2002-03-25:
+
+* C Skeleton
+  Some projects use Bison's C parser with C++ compilers, and define
+  YYSTYPE as a class.  The recent adjustment of C parsers for data
+  alignment and 64 bit architectures made this impossible.
+
+  Because for the time being no real solution for C++ parser
+  generation exists, kludges were implemented in the parser to
+  maintain this use.  In the future, when Bison has C++ parsers, this
+  kludge will be disabled.
+
+  This kludge also addresses some C++ problems when the stack was
+  extended.
+
+Changes in version 1.34, 2002-03-12:
+
+* File name clashes are detected
+  $ bison foo.y -d -o foo.x
+  fatal error: header and parser would both be named `foo.x'
+
+* A missing `;' at the end of a rule triggers a warning
+  In accordance with POSIX, and in agreement with other
+  Yacc implementations, Bison will mandate this semicolon in the near
+  future.  This eases the implementation of a Bison parser of Bison
+  grammars by making this grammar LALR(1) instead of LR(2).  To
+  facilitate the transition, this release introduces a warning.
+
+* Revert the C++ namespace changes introduced in 1.31, as they caused too
+  many portability hassles.
+
+* DJGPP support added.
+
+* Fix test suite portability problems.
+
+Changes in version 1.33, 2002-02-07:
+
+* Fix C++ issues
+  Groff could not be compiled for the definition of size_t was lacking
+  under some conditions.
+
+* Catch invalid @n
+  As is done with $n.
+
+Changes in version 1.32, 2002-01-23:
+
+* Fix Yacc output file names
+
+* Portability fixes
+
+* Italian, Dutch translations
+
+Changes in version 1.31, 2002-01-14:
+
+* Many Bug Fixes
+
+* GNU Gettext and %expect
+  GNU Gettext asserts 10 s/r conflicts, but there are 7.  Now that
+  Bison dies on incorrect %expectations, we fear there will be
+  too many bug reports for Gettext, so _for the time being_, %expect
+  does not trigger an error when the input file is named `plural.y'.
+
+* Use of alloca in parsers
+  If YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA is defined to 0, then the parsers will use
+  malloc exclusively.  Since 1.29, but was not NEWS'ed.
+
+  alloca is used only when compiled with GCC, to avoid portability
+  problems as on AIX.
+
+* When the generated parser lacks debugging code, YYDEBUG is now 0
+  (as POSIX requires) instead of being undefined.
+
+* User Actions
+  Bison has always permitted actions such as { $$ = $1 }: it adds the
+  ending semicolon.  Now if in Yacc compatibility mode, the semicolon
+  is no longer output: one has to write { $$ = $1; }.
+
+* Better C++ compliance
+  The output parsers try to respect C++ namespaces.
+  [This turned out to be a failed experiment, and it was reverted later.]
+
+* Reduced Grammars
+  Fixed bugs when reporting useless nonterminals.
+
+* 64 bit hosts
+  The parsers work properly on 64 bit hosts.
+
+* Error messages
+  Some calls to strerror resulted in scrambled or missing error messages.
+
+* %expect
+  When the number of shift/reduce conflicts is correct, don't issue
+  any warning.
+
+* The verbose report includes the rule line numbers.
+
+* Rule line numbers are fixed in traces.
+
+* Swedish translation
+
+* Parse errors
+  Verbose parse error messages from the parsers are better looking.
+  Before: parse error: unexpected `'/'', expecting `"number"' or `'-'' or `'(''
+     Now: parse error: unexpected '/', expecting "number" or '-' or '('
+
+* Fixed parser memory leaks.
+  When the generated parser was using malloc to extend its stacks, the
+  previous allocations were not freed.
+
+* Fixed verbose output file.
+  Some newlines were missing.
+  Some conflicts in state descriptions were missing.
+
+* Fixed conflict report.
+  Option -v was needed to get the result.
+
+* %expect
+  Was not used.
+  Mismatches are errors, not warnings.
+
+* Fixed incorrect processing of some invalid input.
+
+* Fixed CPP guards: 9foo.h uses BISON_9FOO_H instead of 9FOO_H.
+
+* Fixed some typos in the documentation.
+
+* %token MY_EOF 0 is supported.
+  Before, MY_EOF was silently renumbered as 257.
+
+* doc/refcard.tex is updated.
+
+* %output, %file-prefix, %name-prefix.
+  New.
+
+* --output
+  New, aliasing `--output-file'.
+
+Changes in version 1.30, 2001-10-26:
+
+* `--defines' and `--graph' have now an optionnal argument which is the
+  output file name. `-d' and `-g' do not change, they do not take any
+  argument.
+
+* `%source_extension' and `%header_extension' are removed, failed
+  experiment.
+
+* Portability fixes.
+
+Changes in version 1.29, 2001-09-07:
+
+* The output file does not define const, as this caused problems when used
+  with common autoconfiguration schemes.  If you still use ancient compilers
+  that lack const, compile with the equivalent of the C compiler option
+  `-Dconst='.  autoconf's AC_C_CONST macro provides one way to do this.
+
+* Added `-g' and `--graph'.
+
+* The Bison manual is now distributed under the terms of the GNU FDL.
+
+* The input and the output files has automatically a similar extension.
+
+* Russian translation added.
+
+* NLS support updated; should hopefully be less troublesome.
+
+* Added the old Bison reference card.
+
+* Added `--locations' and `%locations'.
+
+* Added `-S' and `--skeleton'.
+
+* `%raw', `-r', `--raw' is disabled.
+
+* Special characters are escaped when output.  This solves the problems
+  of the #line lines with path names including backslashes.
+
+* New directives.
+  `%yacc', `%fixed_output_files', `%defines', `%no_parser', `%verbose',
+  `%debug', `%source_extension' and `%header_extension'.
+
+* @$
+  Automatic location tracking.
+
+Changes in version 1.28, 1999-07-06:
+
+* Should compile better now with K&R compilers.
+
+* Added NLS.
+
+* Fixed a problem with escaping the double quote character.
+
+* There is now a FAQ.
+
+Changes in version 1.27:
+
+* The make rule which prevented bison.simple from being created on
+  some systems has been fixed.
+
+Changes in version 1.26:
 
 * Bison now uses automake.
 
@@ -18,11 +387,11 @@ Change in version 1.26:
 * Generated parsers should now work even on operating systems which do
   not provide alloca().
 
-Change in version 1.25:
+Changes in version 1.25, 1995-10-16:
 
 * Errors in the input grammar are not fatal; Bison keeps reading
 the grammar file, and reports all the errors found in it.
-		
+
 * Tokens can now be specified as multiple-character strings: for
 example, you could use "<=" for a token which looks like <=, instead
 of chosing a name like LESSEQ.
@@ -59,3 +428,28 @@ Changes in version 1.22:
 Changes in version 1.20:
 
 Output file does not redefine const for C++.
+
+Local Variables:
+mode: outline
+End:
+
+-----
+
+Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Autoconf.
+
+GNU Autoconf is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GNU Autoconf is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with autoconf; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

POTFILES.in

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-# List of files which contain translatable strings.
-# Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# Package source files
-allocate.c
-closure.c
-conflicts.c
-derives.c
-getargs.c
-lalr.c
-lex.c
-main.c
-nullable.c
-output.c
-print.c
-reader.c
-reduce.c
-
-# Common library files
-getopt.c

README

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 This directory contains the Bison parser generator.
 
 See the file INSTALL for compilation and installation instructions.
+See the file doc/FAQ for frequently asked questions.
 
 It was once true that, when installing Bison on Sequent (or Pyramid?)
 systems, you had to be in the Berkeley universe.  This may no longer
@@ -10,9 +11,14 @@ On VMS, you will probably have to create Makefile from Makefile.in by
 hand.  Remember to do `SET COMMAND BISON' to install the data in
 `BISON.CLD'.
 
+VMS and MS-DOS builds are probably broken right now.  If you are able
+to build Bison on either platform and you need to make changes to do
+so, please submit those changes as a bug report.
+
 Send bug reports to [email protected].  Please include the version
 number from `bison --version', and a complete, self-contained test
 case in each bug report.
 
 If you have questions about using Bison which the documentation does
 not answer, send mail to [email protected].
+

README-alpha

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+-*- text -*-
+
+This is a test release of this package.  Using it more or less
+implicitly signs you up to help us find whatever problems you report.
+
+The documentation still needs more work.  Suggestions welcome.
+Patches even more welcome.
+
+Please send comments and problem reports about this test release to
+[email protected].  This program will get better only if you report
+the problems you encounter.
+
+Please, *do not package this*, *do not distribute it* widely, it is
+not ready for full scale use.  Because it is not fully functional, if
+you distribute this package, we will be buried under bug reports from
+panicked users.  We don't have time to spend on this, and nor do the
+users.

README-cvs

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+-*- outline -*-
+
+These notes intend to help people working on the CVS versions of
+Bison.
+
+* Requirements
+
+Only the sources are installed in the CVS repository (to ease the
+maintenance, merges etc.), therefore you will have to the maintainer
+tools we depend upon:
+
+- Automake 1.7
+
+- Autoconf 2.54
+
+- Gettext 0.11.5
+
+Only building the initial full source tree will be a bit painful,
+later, a plain `cvs update -P & make' should be sufficient.
+
+* First CVS checkout
+
+Obviously, if you are reading these notes, you did manage to check out
+Bison from CVS.  For the records, you will find all the relevant
+information on:
+
+	http://savannah.gnu.org/cvs/?group_id=56
+
+The next step is asking the installation of all the missing files:
+
+	$ ./bootstrap
+
+And there you are!  Just
+
+	$ ./configure && make && make check
+
+At this point, there should be no difference between your local copy,
+and the CVS master copy:
+
+	$ cvs diff
+
+should output no difference, except maybe the date in po/*.po files.
+
+Enjoy!
+
+* Troubleshooting
+
+Unfortunately the current Gettext still does not include all the
+needed tools so that the bootstrapping always perform successfully.
+
+If you experience problems, I suggest the following:
+
+1. Do a regular CVS checkout
+
+2. Fetch a recent tarball in:
+   http://www.lrde.epita.fr/~akim/download/
+
+3. Extract it
+
+4. Override the content of your checkout with the content of this
+   tarball, i.e.:
+   cp -r bison-1.49b/* bison-cvs
+
+5. Proceed on ./configure && make etc.
+
+-----
+
+Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Bison.
+
+GNU Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GNU Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

THANKS

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+Bison was originally written by Robert Corbett.  It would not be what
+it is today without the invaluable help of these people:
+
+Airy Andre                [email protected]
+Akim Demaille             [email protected]
+Albert Chin-A-Young       [email protected]
+Alexander Belopolsky      [email protected]
+Andreas Schwab            [email protected]
+Arnold Robbins            [email protected]
+Art Haas                  [email protected]
+Benoit Perrot             [email protected]
+Bruce Lilly               [email protected]
+Charles-Henri de Boysson  [email protected]
+Cris Bailiff              [email protected]
+Cris van Pelt             [email protected]
+Daniel Hagerty            [email protected]
+David J. MacKenzie        [email protected]
+Dick Streefland           [email protected]
+Enrico Scholz             [email protected]
+Evgeny Stambulchik        [email protected]
+Fabrice Bauzac            [email protected]
+Florian Krohm             [email protected]
+H. Merijn Brand           [email protected]
+Hans Aberg                [email protected]
+Jan Nieuwenhuizen         [email protected]
+Jesse Thilo               [email protected]
+Jim Meyering              [email protected]
+Juan Manuel Guerrero      [email protected]
+Kees Zeelenberg           [email protected]
+Keith Browne              [email protected]
+Laurent Mascherpa         [email protected]
+Magnus Fromreide          [email protected]
+Marc Autret               [email protected]
+Martin Mokrejs            [email protected]
+Matt Kraai                [email protected]
+Matt Rosing               [email protected]
+Michael Hayes             [email protected]
+Mike Castle               [email protected]
+Neil Booth                [email protected]
+Nelson H. F. Beebe        [email protected]
+Nicolas Burrus            [email protected]
+Nicolas Tisserand         [email protected]
+Noah Friedman             [email protected]
+Pascal Bart               [email protected]
+Paul Eggert               [email protected]
+Paul Hilfinger            [email protected]
+Per Allansson             [email protected]
+Peter Hámorský            [email protected]
+Piotr Gackiewicz          [email protected]
+R Blake                   [email protected]
+Raja R Harinath           [email protected]
+Richard Stallman          [email protected]
+Robert Anisko             [email protected]
+Shura                     [email protected]
+Tim Josling               [email protected]
+Tom Lane                  [email protected]
+Tom Tromey                [email protected]
+Wayne Green               [email protected]
+Wolfram Wagner            [email protected]
+Wwp                       [email protected]
+Zack Weinberg             [email protected]
+
+Many people are not named here because we lost track of them.  We
+thank them!  Please, help us keeping this list up to date.
+
+Local Variables:
+mode: text
+End:

TODO

@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
+-*- outline -*-
+
+* Header guards
+
+From Franc,ois: should we keep the directory part in the CPP guard?
+
+
+* URGENT: Documenting C++ output
+Write a first documentation for C++ output.
+
+
+* Documentation
+Before releasing, make sure the documentation refers to the current
+`output' format.
+
+
+* Error messages
+Some are really funky.  For instance
+
+	type clash (`%s' `%s') on default action
+
+is really weird.  Revisit them all.
+
+
+* read_pipe.c
+This is not portable to DOS for instance.  Implement a more portable
+scheme.  Sources of inspiration include GNU diff, and Free Recode.
+
+
+* value_components_used
+Was defined but not used: where was it coming from?  It can't be to
+check if %union is used, since the user is free to $<foo>n on her
+union, doesn't she?
+
+
+* GLR & C++
+Currently, the GLR parser cannot compile with a C++ compiler.
+
+
+* Report
+
+**  GLR
+How would Paul like to display the conflicted actions?  In particular,
+what when two reductions are possible on a given lookahead, but one is
+part of $default.  Should we make the two reductions explicit, or just
+keep $default?  See the following point.
+
+** Disabled Reductions
+See `tests/conflicts.at (Defaulted Conflicted Reduction)', and decide
+what we want to do.
+
+** Documentation
+Extend with error productions.  The hard part will probably be finding
+the right rule so that a single state does not exhibit too many yet
+undocumented ``features''.  Maybe an empty action ought to be
+presented too.  Shall we try to make a single grammar with all these
+features, or should we have several very small grammars?
+
+** --report=conflict-path
+Provide better assistance for understanding the conflicts by providing
+a sample text exhibiting the (LALR) ambiguity.  See the paper from
+DeRemer and Penello: they already provide the algorithm.
+
+
+* Extensions
+
+** yyerror, yysymprint interface
+It should be improved, in particular when using Bison features such as
+locations, and YYPARSE_PARAMS.  For the time being, it is recommended
+to #define yyerror and yyprint to steal internal variables...
+
+** Several %unions
+I think this is a pleasant (but useless currently) feature, but in the
+future, I want a means to %include other bits of grammars, and _then_
+it will be important for the various bits to define their needs in
+%union.
+
+When implementing multiple-%union support, bare the following in mind:
+
+- when --yacc, this must be flagged as an error.  Don't make it fatal
+  though.
+
+- The #line must now appear *inside* the definition of yystype.
+  Something like
+
+	{
+	#line 12 "foo.y"
+	  int ival;
+	#line 23 "foo.y"
+	  char *sval;
+	}
+
+* Unit rules
+Maybe we could expand unit rules, i.e., transform
+
+	exp: arith | bool;
+	arith: exp '+' exp;
+	bool: exp '&' exp;
+
+into
+
+	exp: exp '+' exp | exp '&' exp;
+
+when there are no actions.  This can significantly speed up some
+grammars.  I can't find the papers.  In particular the book `LR
+parsing: Theory and Practice' is impossible to find, but according to
+`Parsing Techniques: a Practical Guide', it includes information about
+this issue.  Does anybody have it?
+
+
+
+* Documentation
+
+** History/Bibliography
+Some history of Bison and some bibliography would be most welcome.
+Are there any Texinfo standards for bibliography?
+
+
+
+* Java, Fortran, etc.
+
+
+** Java
+
+There are a couple of proposed outputs:
+
+- BYACC/J
+  which is based on Byacc.
+  <http://troi.lincom-asg.com/~rjamison/byacc/>
+
+- Bison Java
+  which is based on Bison.
+  <http://www.goice.co.jp/member/mo/hack-progs/bison-java.html>
+
+Sébastien Serrurier ([email protected]) is working on this: he is
+expected to contact the authors, design the output, and implement it
+into Bison.
+
+
+* Coding system independence
+Paul notes:
+
+	Currently Bison assumes 8-bit bytes (i.e. that UCHAR_MAX is
+	255).  It also assumes that the 8-bit character encoding is
+	the same for the invocation of 'bison' as it is for the
+	invocation of 'cc', but this is not necessarily true when
+	people run bison on an ASCII host and then use cc on an EBCDIC
+	host.  I don't think these topics are worth our time
+	addressing (unless we find a gung-ho volunteer for EBCDIC or
+	PDP-10 ports :-) but they should probably be documented
+	somewhere.
+
+
+
+* --graph
+Show reductions.	[]
+
+* Broken options ?
+** %no-lines		[ok]
+** %no-parser		[]
+** %pure-parser		[]
+** %token-table		[]
+** Options which could use parse_dquoted_param ().
+Maybe transferred in lex.c.
+*** %skeleton		[ok]
+*** %output		[]
+*** %file-prefix	[]
+*** %name-prefix	[]
+
+** Skeleton strategy.	[]
+Must we keep %no-parser?
+	     %token-table?
+*** New skeletons.	[]
+
+* src/print_graph.c
+Find the best graph parameters.	[]
+
+* doc/bison.texinfo
+** Update
+informations about ERROR_VERBOSE.	[]
+** Add explanations about
+skeleton muscles.	[]
+%skeleton.		[]
+
+* testsuite
+** tests/pure-parser.at	[]
+New tests.
+
+* input synclines
+Some users create their foo.y files, and equip them with #line.  Bison
+should recognize these, and preserve them.
+
+* BTYacc
+See if we can integrate backtracking in Bison.  Contact the BTYacc
+maintainers.
+
+** Keeping the conflicted actions
+First, analyze the differences between byacc and btyacc (I'm referring
+to the executables).  Find where the conflicts are preserved.
+
+** Compare with the GLR tables
+See how isomorphic the way BTYacc and the way the GLR adjustments in
+Bison are compatible.  *As much as possible* one should try to use the
+same implementation in the Bison executables.  I insist: it should be
+very feasible to use the very same conflict tables.
+
+** Adjust the skeletons
+Import the skeletons for C and C++.
+
+** Improve the skeletons
+Have them support yysymprint, yydestruct and so forth.
+
+
+* Precedence
+
+** Partial order
+It is unfortunate that there is a total order for precedence.  It
+makes it impossible to have modular precedence information.  We should
+move to partial orders (sounds like series/parallel orders to me).
+
+This will be possible with a Bison parser for the grammar, as it will
+make it much easier to extend the grammar.
+
+** Correlation b/w precedence and associativity
+Also, I fail to understand why we have to assign the same
+associativity to operators with the same precedence.  For instance,
+why can't I decide that the precedence of * and / is the same, but the
+latter is nonassoc?
+
+If there is really no profound motivation, we should find a new syntax
+to allow specifying this.
+
+** RR conflicts
+See if we can use precedence between rules to solve RR conflicts.  See
+what POSIX says.
+
+
+* $undefined
+From Hans:
+- If the Bison generated parser experiences an undefined number in the
+character range, that character is written out in diagnostic messages, an
+addition to the $undefined value.
+
+Suggest: Change the name $undefined to undefined; looks better in outputs.
+
+
+* Default Action
+From Hans:
+- For use with my C++ parser, I transported the "switch (yyn)" statement
+that Bison writes to the bison.simple skeleton file. This way, I can remove
+the current default rule $$ = $1 implementation, which causes a double
+assignment to $$ which may not be OK under C++, replacing it with a
+"default:" part within the switch statement.
+
+Note that the default rule $$ = $1, when typed, is perfectly OK under C,
+but in the C++ implementation I made, this rule is different from
+$<type_name>$ = $<type_name>1. I therefore think that one should implement
+a Bison option where every typed default rule is explicitly written out
+(same typed ruled can of course be grouped together).
+
+Note: Robert Anisko handles this.  He knows how to do it.
+
+
+* Warnings
+It would be nice to have warning support.  See how Autoconf handles
+them, it is fairly well described there.  It would be very nice to
+implement this in such a way that other programs could use
+lib/warnings.[ch].
+
+Don't work on this without first announcing you do, as I already have
+thought about it, and know many of the components that can be used to
+implement it.
+
+
+* Pre and post actions.
+From: Florian Krohm <[email protected]>
+Subject: YYACT_EPILOGUE
+To: [email protected]
+X-Sent: 1 week, 4 days, 14 hours, 38 minutes, 11 seconds ago
+
+The other day I had the need for explicitly building the parse tree. I
+used %locations for that and defined YYLLOC_DEFAULT to call a function
+that returns the tree node for the production. Easy. But I also needed
+to assign the S-attribute to the tree node. That cannot be done in
+YYLLOC_DEFAULT, because it is invoked before the action is executed.
+The way I solved this was to define a macro YYACT_EPILOGUE that would
+be invoked after the action. For reasons of symmetry I also added
+YYACT_PROLOGUE. Although I had no use for that I can envision how it
+might come in handy for debugging purposes.
+All is needed is to add
+
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+    YYACT_EPILOGUE (yyval, (yyvsp - yylen), yylen, yyloc, (yylsp - yylen));
+#else
+    YYACT_EPILOGUE (yyval, (yyvsp - yylen), yylen);
+#endif
+
+at the proper place to bison.simple. Ditto for YYACT_PROLOGUE.
+
+I was wondering what you think about adding YYACT_PROLOGUE/EPILOGUE
+to bison. If you're interested, I'll work on a patch.
+
+* Move to Graphviz
+Well, VCG seems really dead.  Move to Graphviz instead.  Also, equip
+the parser with a means to create the (visual) parse tree.
+
+-----
+
+Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Bison.
+
+GNU Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GNU Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

acconfig.h

@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef CONFIG_H
-#define CONFIG_H
-@TOP@
-
-/* Name of package.  */
-#undef PACKAGE
-
-/* Version of package.  */
-#undef VERSION
-
-/* Define if the compiler understands prototypes.  */
-#undef PROTOTYPES
-@BOTTOM@
-
-#if defined(PROTOTYPES) || defined(__cplusplus)
-# define PARAMS(p) p
-#else
-# define PARAMS(p) ()
-#endif
-
-#endif  /* CONFIG_H */

bootstrap

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+echo "Bootstrapping CVS Bison..."
+
+echo "running: autoreconf --verbose --install --force"
+autoreconf --verbose --install --force

config.hin

@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+/* config.hin.  Generated from configure.in by autoheader.  */
+
+/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
+   systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems.
+   */
+#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
+
+/* Define if using `alloca.c'. */
+#undef C_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native
+   language is requested. */
+#undef ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Define if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <argz.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_ARGZ_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <ctype.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_CTYPE_H
+
+/* Define if backslash-a works in C strings. */
+#undef HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A
+
+/* Define if you have the `dcgettext' function. */
+#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memchr', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_MEMCHR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `stpcpy', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STPCPY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strerror_r', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strndup', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strnlen', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN
+
+/* Define if the malloc check has been performed. */
+#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
+
+/* Define if the realloc check has been performed. */
+#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
+
+/* Define if you have the `doprnt' function. */
+#undef HAVE_DOPRNT
+
+/* Define if you have the `feof_unlocked' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define if you have the `fgets_unlocked' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define if you have the `getcwd' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETCWD
+
+/* Define if you have the `getegid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETEGID
+
+/* Define if you have the `geteuid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETEUID
+
+/* Define if you have the `getgid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETGID
+
+/* Define if you have the `getpagesize' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+
+/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */
+#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
+
+/* Define if you have the `getuid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETUID
+
+/* Define if you have the iconv() function. */
+#undef HAVE_ICONV
+
+/* Define if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `isascii' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISASCII
+
+/* Define if you have the `iswprint' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISWPRINT
+
+/* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */
+#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+/* Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES. */
+#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
+
+/* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared. */
+#undef HAVE_MBRTOWC
+
+/* Define if you have the `mbsinit' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MBSINIT
+
+/* Define if you have the `memchr' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMCHR
+
+/* Define if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `mempcpy' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+
+/* Define if you have the `mkstemp' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MKSTEMP
+
+/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
+#undef HAVE_MMAP
+
+/* Define if you have the `munmap' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MUNMAP
+
+/* Define if you have the <nl_types.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `putenv' function. */
+#undef HAVE_PUTENV
+
+/* Define if you have the `setenv' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETENV
+
+/* Define if you have the `setlocale' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
+
+/* Define if you have the <stddef.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDDEF_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `stpcpy' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STPCPY
+
+/* Define if you have the `strcasecmp' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
+
+/* Define if you have the `strchr' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRCHR
+
+/* Define if you have the `strdup' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRDUP
+
+/* Define if you have the `strerror' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRERROR
+
+/* Define if you have the `strerror_r' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRERROR_R
+
+/* Define if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `strndup' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRNDUP
+
+/* Define if you have the `strnlen' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRNLEN
+
+/* Define if you have the `strspn' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRSPN
+
+/* Define if you have the `strtoul' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOUL
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `tsearch' function. */
+#undef HAVE_TSEARCH
+
+/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `vprintf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_VPRINTF
+
+/* Define if you have the <wchar.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_WCHAR_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <wctype.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_WCTYPE_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if `strerror_r' returns a string. */
+#undef HAVE_WORKING_STRERROR_R
+
+/* Define if you have the `__argz_count' function. */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
+
+/* Define if you have the `__argz_next' function. */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
+
+/* Define if you have the `__argz_stringify' function. */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+
+/* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */
+#undef ICONV_CONST
+
+/* Name of package */
+#undef PACKAGE
+
+/* Define if compiler has function prototypes */
+#undef PROTOTYPES
+
+/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
+   direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
+   automatically deduced at run-time.
+        STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+        STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+        STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
+#undef STACK_DIRECTION
+
+/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Version number of package */
+#undef VERSION
+
+/* Define if using the dmalloc debugging malloc package */
+#undef WITH_DMALLOC
+
+/* Define to 1 for GNU C library extensions. */
+#undef _GNU_SOURCE
+
+/* Define if on MINIX. */
+#undef _MINIX
+
+/* Define if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with this
+   defined. */
+#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
+
+/* Define if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
+#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
+
+/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
+#undef const
+
+/* Define as `__inline' if that's what the C compiler calls it, or to nothing
+   if it is not supported. */
+#undef inline
+
+/* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used. */
+#undef malloc
+
+/* Define to a type if <wchar.h> does not define. */
+#undef mbstate_t
+
+/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef off_t
+
+/* Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used. */
+#undef realloc
+
+/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef size_t

config/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+Makefile
+*.t
+Makefile.in
+mkinstalldirs
+missing
+config.sub
+config.guess
+mdate-sh
+texinfo.tex

config/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
+EXTRA_DIST = move-if-change prev-version.txt config.rpath

config/depcomp

@@ -0,0 +1,423 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
+# Copyright 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <[email protected]>.
+
+if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
+  echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+# `libtool' can also be set to `yes' or `no'.
+
+if test -z "$depfile"; then
+   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,' -e 's,\.\([^.]*\)$,.P\1,'`
+   dir=`echo "$object" | sed 's,/.*$,/,'`
+   if test "$dir" = "$object"; then
+      dir=
+   fi
+   # FIXME: should be _deps on DOS.
+   depfile="$dir.deps/$base"
+fi
+
+tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
+
+rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+
+# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags.  We
+# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
+# to make depend.m4 easier to write.  Note that we *cannot* use a case
+# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
+if test "$depmode" = hp; then
+  # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
+  gccflag=-M
+  depmode=gcc
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
+   # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
+   dashmflag=-xM
+   depmode=dashmstdout
+fi
+
+case "$depmode" in
+gcc3)
+## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
+## we want.  Yay!  Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
+## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff.  Hmm.
+  "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
+  ;;
+
+gcc)
+## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc.  Here's
+## why we pick this rather obscure method:
+## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
+##   up in a subdir.  Having to rename by hand is ugly.
+##   (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
+## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
+##   -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
+## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
+##   than renaming).
+  if test -z "$gccflag"; then
+    gccflag=-MD,
+  fi
+  "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
+  sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
+      -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
+## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
+## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
+## typically no way to rebuild the header).  We avoid this by adding
+## dummy dependencies for each header file.  Too bad gcc doesn't do
+## this for us directly.
+  tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" |
+## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'.  On the theory
+## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
+## well.
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+hp)
+  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
+  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
+  # since it is checked for above.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+sgi)
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
+  else
+    "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
+  fi
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then  # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
+    echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+
+    # Clip off the initial element (the dependent).  Don't try to be
+    # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
+    # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
+    # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5).  We also remove comment lines;
+    # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
+    # dependency line.
+    tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" \
+    | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
+    tr '
+' ' ' >> $depfile
+    echo >> $depfile
+
+    # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
+    tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" \
+   | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
+   >> $depfile
+  else
+    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
+    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
+    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
+    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+  fi
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+aix)
+  # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
+  # in a .u file.  This file always lives in the current directory.
+  # Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the start of each line;
+  # $object doesn't have directory information.
+  stripped=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,' -e 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'`
+  tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
+  outname="$stripped.o"
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    "$@" -Wc,-M
+  else
+    "$@" -M
+  fi
+
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+    # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
+    # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+    # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
+    sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+    sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+  else
+    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
+    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
+    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
+    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+  fi
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+tru64)
+   # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
+   # effect.  `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
+   # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
+   # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
+   # Subdirectories are respected.
+   dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
+   test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
+   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
+
+   if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+      tmpdepfile1="$dir.libs/$base.lo.d"
+      tmpdepfile2="$dir.libs/$base.d"
+      "$@" -Wc,-MD
+   else
+      tmpdepfile1="$dir$base.o.d"
+      tmpdepfile2="$dir$base.d"
+      "$@" -MD
+   fi
+
+   stat=$?
+   if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+   else
+      rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
+      exit $stat
+   fi
+
+   if test -f "$tmpdepfile1"; then
+      tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile1"
+   else
+      tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile2"
+   fi
+   if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+      sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+      # That's a space and a tab in the [].
+      sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ 	]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+   else
+      echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+   fi
+   rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+   ;;
+
+#nosideeffect)
+  # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
+  # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
+
+dashmstdout)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  # Remove `-o $object'.  We will use -o /dev/null later,
+  # however we can't do the remplacement now because
+  # `-o $object' might simply not be used
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -o)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+      shift # fnord
+      shift # $arg
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
+  "$@" -o /dev/null $dashmflag | sed 's:^[^:]*\:[ 	]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+dashXmstdout)
+  # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4.  It is never actually
+  # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+makedepend)
+  "$@" || exit $?
+  # X makedepend
+  shift
+  cleared=no
+  for arg in "$@"; do
+    case $cleared in
+    no)
+      set ""; shift
+      cleared=yes ;;
+    esac
+    case "$arg" in
+    -D*|-I*)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+    -*)
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`"
+  touch "$tmpdepfile"
+  ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
+' | \
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
+  ;;
+
+cpp)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  # Remove `-o $object'.
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -o)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+      shift # fnord
+      shift # $arg
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  "$@" -E |
+    sed -n '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
+    sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+  sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+msvisualcpp)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
+  # because we must use -o when running libtool.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case "$arg" in
+    "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
+	set fnord "$@"
+	shift
+	shift
+	;;
+    *)
+	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+	shift
+	shift
+	;;
+    esac
+  done
+  "$@" -E |
+  sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::	\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
+  echo "	" >> "$depfile"
+  . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+none)
+  exec "$@"
+  ;;
+
+*)
+  echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0

config/install-sh

@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
+#
+# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
+#
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
+# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+# written prior permission.  M.I.T. makes no representations about the
+# suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"
+# without express or implied warranty.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.  It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
+# shared with many OS's install programs.
+
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit="${DOITPROG-}"
+
+
+# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
+
+mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
+cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
+chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
+chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
+chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
+stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
+rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
+mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
+
+transformbasename=""
+transform_arg=""
+instcmd="$mvprog"
+chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
+chowncmd=""
+chgrpcmd=""
+stripcmd=""
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+mvcmd="$mvprog"
+src=""
+dst=""
+dir_arg=""
+
+while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
+    case $1 in
+	-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-d) dir_arg=true
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	*)  if [ x"$src" = x ]
+	    then
+		src=$1
+	    else
+		# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
+		:
+		dst=$1
+	    fi
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+    esac
+done
+
+if [ x"$src" = x ]
+then
+	echo "install:	no input file specified"
+	exit 1
+else
+	:
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
+	dst=$src
+	src=""
+	
+	if [ -d $dst ]; then
+		instcmd=:
+		chmodcmd=""
+	else
+		instcmd=$mkdirprog
+	fi
+else
+
+# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
+# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad 
+# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+
+	if [ -f "$src" ] || [ -d "$src" ]
+	then
+		:
+	else
+		echo "install:  $src does not exist"
+		exit 1
+	fi
+	
+	if [ x"$dst" = x ]
+	then
+		echo "install:	no destination specified"
+		exit 1
+	else
+		:
+	fi
+
+# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
+# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
+
+	if [ -d $dst ]
+	then
+		dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
+	else
+		:
+	fi
+fi
+
+## this sed command emulates the dirname command
+dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
+
+# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
+#  this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
+
+# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
+if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
+defaultIFS='
+	'
+IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
+
+oIFS="${IFS}"
+# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
+IFS='%'
+set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
+IFS="${oIFS}"
+
+pathcomp=''
+
+while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
+	shift
+
+	if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
+        then
+		$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
+	else
+		:
+	fi
+
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
+done
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
+then
+	$doit $instcmd $dst &&
+
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else : ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else : ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else : ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else : ; fi
+else
+
+# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
+
+	if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] 
+	then
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+	else
+		dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | 
+			sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
+	fi
+
+# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
+
+	if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] 
+	then
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+	else
+		:
+	fi
+
+# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
+
+	dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
+
+# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
+
+	$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
+
+	trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
+
+# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
+
+# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
+
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
+
+# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+
+	$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
+	$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile 
+
+fi &&
+
+
+exit 0

config/move-if-change

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Like mv $1 $2, but if the files are the same, just delete $1.
+# Status is 0 if $2 is changed, 1 otherwise.
+if
+test -r $2
+then
+if
+cmp -s $1 $2
+then
+echo $2 is unchanged
+rm -f $1
+else
+mv -f $1 $2
+fi
+else
+mv -f $1 $2
+fi

config/prev-version.txt

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+1.49c

configure.ac

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+# Configure template for GNU Bison.                   -*-Autoconf-*-
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307  USA
+
+# We need a recent Autoconf to run a recent Autotest.
+AC_PREREQ(2.54)
+
+AC_INIT([GNU Bison], [1.75], [[email protected]])
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(config)
+
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.7 check-news readme-alpha dist-bzip2])
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])
+
+# Checks for the compiler.
+AC_PROG_CC
+# Remove with Automake 1.8.
+AC_ISC_POSIX
+AC_GNU_SOURCE
+AC_MINIX
+AM_PROG_CC_STDC
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(gcc-warnings,
+[  --enable-gcc-warnings   turn on lots of GCC warnings (not recommended)],
+[case "${enableval}" in
+   yes|no) ;;
+   *)      AC_MSG_ERROR([bad value ${enableval} for gcc-warnings option]) ;;
+ esac],
+              [enableval=no])
+if test "${enableval}" = yes; then
+  BISON_WARNING(-Werror)
+  AC_SUBST([WERROR_CFLAGS], [$WARNING_CFLAGS])
+  WARNING_CFLAGS=
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wall)
+  BISON_WARNING(-W)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wbad-function-cast)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wcast-align)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wcast-qual)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wformat)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wmissing-declarations)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wmissing-prototypes)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wnested-externs)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wshadow)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wstrict-prototypes)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wwrite-strings)
+fi
+
+# Checks for programs.
+AM_PROG_LEX
+AC_PROG_YACC
+AC_PROG_RANLIB
+BISON_PROG_GNU_M4
+if test x"$ac_cv_prog_gnu_m4" != xyes; then
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([GNU M4 1.4 is required])
+fi
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([M4], ["$M4"], [Define to the GNU M4 executable name.])
+
+# Checks for header files.
+AC_HEADER_STDC
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([ctype.h locale.h memory.h stdlib.h string.h unistd.h])
+
+# Checks for compiler characteristics.
+AC_C_CONST
+AC_C_INLINE
+AM_C_PROTOTYPES
+
+# Checks for library functions.
+AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
+AC_FUNC_OBSTACK
+AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE
+AC_FUNC_STRNLEN
+UTILS_FUNC_MKSTEMP
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(setlocale)
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([free, getenv, getopt,
+                stpcpy, strchr, strspn, strnlen,
+                malloc, memchr, memrchr])
+AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(memchr memrchr \
+                 strchr stpcpy strrchr strspn strtol)
+AC_FUNC_MALLOC
+AC_FUNC_REALLOC
+jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG
+jm_FUNC_ARGMATCH
+jm_PREREQ_ERROR
+jm_PREREQ_TEMPNAME
+AM_WITH_DMALLOC
+BISON_PREREQ_TIMEVAR
+
+# Gettext.
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT(external, need-ngettext)
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.11.5)
+
+# Initialize the test suite.
+AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR(tests)
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([tests/Makefile tests/atlocal])
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([tests/bison], [chmod +x tests/bison])
+AC_CHECK_PROGS([VALGRIND], [valgrind])
+AC_CHECK_PROGS([GXX], [g++])
+AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOM4TE], [autom4te])
+# Needed by tests/atlocal.in.
+AC_SUBST([GCC])
+O0CFLAGS=`echo $CFLAGS | sed 's/-O[0-9] *//'`
+AC_SUBST([O0CFLAGS])
+
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile
+                 config/Makefile
+                 po/Makefile.in
+                 data/Makefile
+                 lib/Makefile src/Makefile doc/Makefile
+                 m4/Makefile])
+AC_OUTPUT

configure.bat

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-@echo off
-echo Configuring bison for go32
-rem This batch file assumes a unix-type "sed" program
-
-echo # Makefile generated by "configure.bat"> Makefile
-echo all.dos : bison >> Makefile
-
-if exist config.sed del config.sed
-
-echo "s/@srcdir@/./g					">> config.sed
-echo "s/@CC@/gcc/g					">> config.sed
-echo "s/@INSTALL@//g					">> config.sed
-echo "s/@INSTALL_PROGRAM@//g				">> config.sed
-echo "s/@INSTALL_DATA@//g				">> config.sed
-echo "s/@DEFS@/-DHAVE_STRERROR/g			">> config.sed
-echo "s/@LIBS@//g					">> config.sed
-echo "s/@ALLOCA@//g					">> config.sed
-
-echo "/^bison[ 	]*:/,/-o/ {				">> config.sed
-echo "  s/	\$(CC)/	>bison.rf/			">> config.sed
-echo "  /-o/ a\						">> config.sed
-echo "	$(CC) @bison.rf					">> config.sed
-echo "}							">> config.sed
-
-sed -e "s/^\"//" -e "s/\"$//" -e "s/[ 	]*$//" config.sed > config2.sed
-sed -f config2.sed Makefile.in >> Makefile
-del config.sed
-del config2.sed

configure.in

@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
-AC_INIT(reduce.c)
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(bison,1.26)
-AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h:config.hin)
-AC_PREREQ(2.13)
-
-dnl Checks for programs.
-AC_PROG_CC
-AC_MINIX
-AC_ISC_POSIX
-AM_PROG_CC_STDC
-AC_PROG_INSTALL
-AC_PROG_RANLIB
-
-dnl Checks for libraries.
-
-dnl Checks for header files.
-AC_HEADER_STDC
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(ctype.h locale.h memory.h stdlib.h string.h unistd.h)
-
-dnl Checks for typedefs.
-
-dnl Checks for structures.
-
-dnl Checks for compiler characteristics.
-AC_C_CONST
-AM_C_PROTOTYPES
-
-dnl Checks for library functions.
-AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(mkstemp setlocale)
-
-AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)

data/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Makefile.in
+Makefile

data/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+## Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+## (at your option) any later version.
+
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+## GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+## 02111-1307  USA
+
+dist_pkgdata_DATA = c.m4 yacc.c lalr1.cc glr.c
+
+m4sugardir = $(pkgdatadir)/m4sugar
+dist_m4sugar_DATA = m4sugar/m4sugar.m4 m4sugar/version.m4

data/c.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+m4_divert(-1)                                                     -*- C -*-
+
+# C M4 Macros for Bison.
+# Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307  USA
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+## Copuright.  ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+# b4_copyright(TITLE, YEARS)
+# --------------------------
+m4_define([b4_copyright],
+[/* A Bison parser, made from b4_filename, by GNU bison b4_version.  */
+
+/* $1,
+   Copyright (C) $2 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */])
+
+
+## ------------ ##
+## Data Types.  ##
+## ------------ ##
+
+
+# b4_ints_in(INT1, INT2, LOW, HIGH)
+# ---------------------------------
+# Return 1 iff both INT1 and INT2 are in [LOW, HIGH], 0 otherwise.
+m4_define([b4_ints_in],
+[m4_eval([$3 <= $1 && $1 <= $4 && $3 <= $2 && $2 <= $4])])
+
+
+# b4_int_type(MIN, MAX)
+# ---------------------
+# Return the smallest int type able to handle numbers ranging from
+# MIN to MAX (included).
+m4_define([b4_int_type],
+[m4_if(b4_ints_in($@,      [0],   [255]), [1], [unsigned char],
+       b4_ints_in($@,   [-128],   [127]), [1], [yysigned_char],
+
+       b4_ints_in($@,      [0], [65535]), [1], [unsigned short],
+       b4_ints_in($@, [-32768], [32767]), [1], [short],
+
+       m4_eval([0 <= $1]),                [1], [unsigned int],
+
+ 	                                       [int])])
+
+# b4_int_type_for(NAME)
+# ---------------------
+# Return the smallest int type able to handle numbers ranging from
+# `NAME_min' to `NAME_max' (included).
+m4_define([b4_int_type_for],
+[b4_int_type($1_min, $1_max)])
+
+
+## ------------------------- ##
+## Assigning token numbers.  ##
+## ------------------------- ##
+
+# b4_token_define(TOKEN-NAME, TOKEN-NUMBER)
+# -----------------------------------------
+# Output the definition of this token as #define.
+m4_define([b4_token_define],
+[#define $1 $2
+])
+
+
+# b4_token_enum(TOKEN-NAME, TOKEN-NUMBER)
+# ---------------------------------------
+# Output the definition of this token as an enum.
+m4_define([b4_token_enum],
+[$1 = $2])
+
+
+# b4_token_defines(LIST-OF-PAIRS-TOKEN-NAME-TOKEN-NUMBER)
+# -------------------------------------------------------
+# Output the definition of the tokens (if there are) as enums and #define.
+m4_define([b4_token_defines],
+[m4_if([$@], [[]], [],
+[/* Tokens.  */
+#ifndef YYTOKENTYPE
+# define YYTOKENTYPE
+   /* Put the tokens into the symbol table, so that GDB and other debuggers
+      know about them.  */
+   enum yytokentype {
+m4_map_sep([     b4_token_enum], [,
+],
+           [$@])
+   };
+#endif
+m4_map([b4_token_define], [$@])
+])
+])
+
+
+## ---------------------------------------------- ##
+## Declaring C functions in both K&R and ANSI-C.  ##
+## ---------------------------------------------- ##
+
+
+# b4_c_function(NAME, RETURN-VALUE, [TYPE1, NAME1], ...)
+# ------------------------------------------------
+# Declare the function NAME.
+m4_define([b4_c_function],
+[$2
+#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+$1 (b4_c_ansi_args(m4_shiftn(2, $@)))
+#else
+$1 (b4_c_knr_arg_names(m4_shiftn(2, $@)))
+b4_c_knr_arg_decls(m4_shiftn(2, $@))
+#endif[]dnl
+])
+
+
+# b4_c_ansi_args([TYPE1, NAME1], ...)
+# -----------------------------------
+# Output the arguments ANSI-C definition.
+m4_define([b4_c_ansi_args],
+[m4_map_sep([b4_c_ansi_arg], [, ], [$@])])
+
+m4_define([b4_c_ansi_arg],
+[$1 $2])
+
+
+# b4_c_knr_args([TYPE1, NAME1], ...)
+# ----------------------------------
+# Output the argument names.
+m4_define([b4_c_knr_arg_names],
+[m4_map_sep([b4_c_knr_arg_name], [, ], [$@])])
+
+m4_define([b4_c_knr_arg_name],
+[$2])
+
+
+# b4_c_knr_args([TYPE1, NAME1], ...)
+# ----------------------------------
+# Output the K&R argument declarations.
+m4_define([b4_c_knr_arg_decls],
+[m4_map_sep([b4_c_knr_arg_decl],
+            [
+],
+            [$@])])
+
+m4_define([b4_c_knr_arg_decl],
+[    $1 $2;])

data/lalr1.cc

@@ -0,0 +1,882 @@
+m4_divert(-1)
+# C++ skeleton for Bison
+# Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307  USA
+
+m4_include([c.m4])
+
+# b4_lhs_value([TYPE])
+# --------------------
+# Expansion of $<TYPE>$.
+m4_define([b4_lhs_value],
+[yyval[]m4_ifval([$1], [.$1])])
+
+
+# b4_rhs_value(RULE-LENGTH, NUM, [TYPE])
+# --------------------------------------
+# Expansion of $<TYPE>NUM, where the current rule has RULE-LENGTH
+# symbols on RHS.
+m4_define([b4_rhs_value],
+[semantic_stack_@<:@m4_eval([$1 - $2])@:>@m4_ifval([$3], [.$3])])
+
+m4_define_default([b4_ltype], [Location])
+
+# b4_lhs_location()
+# -----------------
+# Expansion of @$.
+m4_define([b4_lhs_location],
+[yyloc])
+
+
+# b4_rhs_location(RULE-LENGTH, NUM)
+# ---------------------------------
+# Expansion of @NUM, where the current rule has RULE-LENGTH symbols
+# on RHS.
+m4_define([b4_rhs_location],
+[location_stack_@<:@m4_eval([$1 - $2])@:>@])
+
+
+m4_define_default([b4_input_suffix], [.y])
+
+m4_define_default([b4_output_parser_suffix],
+[m4_translit(b4_input_suffix, [yY], [cC])])
+
+m4_define_default([b4_output_parser_name],
+[b4_output_prefix[]b4_output_infix[]b4_output_parser_suffix[]])
+
+
+m4_define_default([b4_output_header_suffix],
+[m4_translit(b4_input_suffix, [yY], [hH])])
+
+m4_define_default([b4_output_header_name],
+[b4_output_prefix[]b4_output_infix[]b4_output_header_suffix[]])
+
+m4_define_default([b4_header_guard],
+                  [m4_bpatsubst(m4_toupper([BISON_]b4_output_header_name),
+                                [[^ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ]], [_])])
+
+m4_define([b4_inherit],
+          [m4_ifdef([b4_root],
+		    [: public b4_root
+],
+		    [])])
+
+m4_define([b4_param],
+	  [m4_ifdef([b4_root],
+	            [,
+            const Param& param],
+		    [])])
+
+m4_define([b4_constructor],
+	  [m4_ifdef([b4_root],
+		    [b4_root (param),
+      ],
+		    [])])
+
+
+m4_divert(0)dnl
+#output "b4_output_header_name"
+b4_copyright([C++ Skeleton parser for LALR(1) parsing with Bison],
+             [2002])
+#ifndef b4_header_guard
+# define b4_header_guard
+
+#include "stack.hh"
+#include "location.hh"
+
+#include <string>
+#include <iostream>
+
+/* Using locations.  */
+#define YYLSP_NEEDED b4_locations_flag
+
+b4_token_defines(b4_tokens)
+
+/* Copy the first part of user declarations.  */
+b4_pre_prologue
+
+/* Line __line__ of __file__.  */
+#line __oline__ "__ofile__"
+
+/* Enabling traces.  */
+#ifndef YYDEBUG
+# define YYDEBUG b4_debug
+#endif
+
+/* Enabling verbose error message.  */
+#ifndef YYERROR_VERBOSE
+# define YYERROR_VERBOSE b4_error_verbose
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YYSTYPE
+m4_ifdef([b4_stype],
+[#line b4_stype_line "b4_filename"
+typedef union b4_stype yystype;
+/* Line __line__ of __file__.  */
+#line __oline__ "__ofile__"],
+[typedef int yystype;])
+# define YYSTYPE yystype
+#endif
+
+/* Copy the second part of user declarations.  */
+b4_post_prologue
+
+/* Line __line__ of __file__.  */
+#line __oline__  "__ofile__"
+#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT
+# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
+   Current.last_line = Rhs[[N]].last_line; \
+   Current.last_column = Rhs[[N]].last_column;
+#endif
+
+namespace yy
+{
+  class b4_name;
+
+  template < typename P >
+  struct Traits
+  {
+  };
+
+  template < >
+  struct Traits< b4_name >
+  {
+    typedef b4_int_type_for([b4_translate]) TokenNumberType;
+    typedef b4_int_type_for([b4_rhs])       RhsNumberType;
+    typedef int      StateType;
+    typedef yystype  SemanticType;
+    typedef b4_ltype LocationType;
+  };
+}
+
+namespace yy
+{
+  class b4_name b4_inherit
+  {
+  public:
+
+    typedef Traits< b4_name >::TokenNumberType TokenNumberType;
+    typedef Traits< b4_name >::RhsNumberType   RhsNumberType;
+    typedef Traits< b4_name >::StateType       StateType;
+    typedef Traits< b4_name >::SemanticType    SemanticType;
+    typedef Traits< b4_name >::LocationType    LocationType;
+
+    typedef Stack< StateType >    StateStack;
+    typedef Stack< SemanticType > SemanticStack;
+    typedef Stack< LocationType > LocationStack;
+
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+    b4_name (bool debug,
+	    LocationType initlocation[]b4_param) :
+      b4_constructor[]debug_ (debug),
+      cdebug_ (std::cerr),
+      initlocation_ (initlocation)
+#else
+    b4_name (bool debug[]b4_param) :
+      b4_constructor[]debug_ (debug),
+      cdebug_ (std::cerr)
+#endif
+    {
+    }
+
+    virtual ~b4_name ()
+    {
+    }
+
+    virtual int parse ();
+
+  private:
+
+    virtual void lex_ ();
+    virtual void error_ ();
+    virtual void print_ ();
+
+    /* Stacks.  */
+    StateStack    state_stack_;
+    SemanticStack semantic_stack_;
+    LocationStack location_stack_;
+
+    /* Tables.  */
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_pact]) pact_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_pact]) pact_ninf_;
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_defact]) defact_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_pgoto]) pgoto_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_defgoto]) defgoto_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_table]) table_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_table]) table_ninf_;
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_check]) check_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_r1]) r1_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_r2]) r2_[[]];
+
+#if YYDEBUG || YYERROR_VERBOSE
+    static const char* const name_[[]];
+#endif
+
+    /* More tables, for debugging.  */
+#if YYDEBUG
+    static const RhsNumberType rhs_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_prhs]) prhs_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_rline]) rline_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_stos]) stos_[[]];
+    static const b4_int_type_for([b4_toknum]) token_number_[[]];
+#endif
+
+    /* Even more tables.  */
+    static inline TokenNumberType translate_ (int token);
+
+    /* Constants.  */
+    static const int eof_;
+    static const int last_;
+    static const int nnts_;
+    static const int empty_;
+    static const int final_;
+    static const int terror_;
+    static const int errcode_;
+    static const int ntokens_;
+    static const int initdepth_;
+    static const unsigned user_token_number_max_;
+    static const TokenNumberType undef_token_;
+
+    /* State.  */
+    int n_;
+    int len_;
+    int state_;
+
+    /* Debugging.  */
+    int debug_;
+    std::ostream &cdebug_;
+
+    /* Lookahead and lookahead in internal form.  */
+    int looka_;
+    int ilooka_;
+
+    /* Message.  */
+    std::string message;
+
+    /* Semantic value and location of lookahead token.  */
+    SemanticType value;
+    LocationType location;
+
+    /* @$ and $$.  */
+    SemanticType yyval;
+    LocationType yyloc;
+
+    /* Initial location.  */
+    LocationType initlocation_;
+  };
+}
+
+#endif /* not b4_header_guard */
+dnl
+#output "b4_output_prefix[]b4_output_infix[].cc"
+b4_copyright([C++ Skeleton parser for LALR(1) parsing with Bison],
+             [2002])
+
+#include "b4_output_header_name"
+
+/* Enable debugging if requested.  */
+#if YYDEBUG
+# define YYCDEBUG    if (debug_) cdebug_
+#else /* !YYDEBUG */
+# define YYCDEBUG    if (0) cdebug_
+#endif /* !YYDEBUG */
+
+int
+yy::b4_name::parse ()
+{
+  int nerrs = 0;
+  int errstatus = 0;
+
+  /* Initialize stack.  */
+  state_stack_ = StateStack (0);
+  semantic_stack_ = SemanticStack (1);
+  location_stack_ = LocationStack (1);
+
+  /* Start.  */
+  state_ = 0;
+  looka_ = empty_;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  location = initlocation_;
+#endif
+  YYCDEBUG << "Starting parse" << std::endl;
+
+  /* New state.  */
+ yynewstate:
+  state_stack_.push (state_);
+  YYCDEBUG << "Entering state " << state_ << std::endl;
+  goto yybackup;
+
+  /* Backup.  */
+ yybackup:
+
+  /* Try to take a decision without lookahead.  */
+  n_ = pact_[[state_]];
+  if (n_ == pact_ninf_)
+    goto yydefault;
+
+  /* Read a lookahead token.  */
+  if (looka_ == empty_)
+    {
+      YYCDEBUG << "Reading a token: ";
+      lex_ ();
+    }
+
+  /* Convert token to internal form.  */
+  if (looka_ <= 0)
+    {
+      looka_ = eof_;
+      ilooka_ = 0;
+      YYCDEBUG << "Now at end of input." << std::endl;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      ilooka_ = translate_ (looka_);
+#if YYDEBUG
+      if (debug_)
+	{
+	  YYCDEBUG << "Next token is " << looka_
+		 << " (" << name_[[ilooka_]];
+	  print_ ();
+	  YYCDEBUG << ')' << std::endl;
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+  n_ += ilooka_;
+  if (n_ < 0 || n_ > last_ || check_[[n_]] != ilooka_)
+    goto yydefault;
+
+  /* Reduce or error.  */
+  n_ = table_[[n_]];
+  if (n_ < 0)
+    {
+      if (n_ == table_ninf_)
+	goto yyerrlab;
+      else
+	{
+	  n_ = -n_;
+	  goto yyreduce;
+	}
+    }
+  else if (n_ == 0)
+    goto yyerrlab;
+
+  /* Accept?  */
+  if (n_ == final_)
+    goto yyacceptlab;
+
+  /* Shift the lookahead token.  */
+  YYCDEBUG << "Shifting token " << looka_
+	 << " (" << name_[[ilooka_]] << "), ";
+
+  /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof.  */
+  if (looka_ != eof_)
+    looka_ = empty_;
+
+  semantic_stack_.push (value);
+  location_stack_.push (location);
+
+  /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
+     status.  */
+  if (errstatus)
+    --errstatus;
+
+  state_ = n_;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+  /* Default action.  */
+ yydefault:
+  n_ = defact_[[state_]];
+  if (n_ == 0)
+    goto yyerrlab;
+  goto yyreduce;
+
+  /* Reduce.  */
+ yyreduce:
+  len_ = r2_[[n_]];
+  if (len_)
+    {
+      yyval = semantic_stack_[[len_ - 1]];
+      yyloc = location_stack_[[len_ - 1]];
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      yyval = semantic_stack_[[0]];
+      yyloc = location_stack_[[0]];
+    }
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+  if (debug_)
+    {
+      YYCDEBUG << "Reducing via rule " << n_ - 1
+	     << " (line " << rline_[[n_]] << "), ";
+      for (b4_int_type_for([b4_prhs]) i = prhs_[[n_]];
+	   rhs_[[i]] >= 0; ++i)
+	YYCDEBUG << name_[[rhs_[i]]] << ' ';
+      YYCDEBUG << "-> " << name_[[r1_[n_]]] << std::endl;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  if (len_)
+    {
+      Slice< LocationType, LocationStack > slice (location_stack_, len_);
+      YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, slice, len_);
+    }
+
+  switch (n_)
+    {
+      b4_actions
+    }
+
+/* Line __line__ of __file__.  */
+#line __oline__ "__ofile__"
+
+  state_stack_.pop (len_);
+  semantic_stack_.pop (len_);
+  location_stack_.pop (len_);
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+  if (debug_)
+    {
+      YYCDEBUG << "state stack now";
+      for (StateStack::ConstIterator i = state_stack_.begin ();
+	   i != state_stack_.end (); ++i)
+	YYCDEBUG << ' ' << *i;
+      YYCDEBUG << std::endl;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  semantic_stack_.push (yyval);
+  location_stack_.push (yyloc);
+
+  /* Shift the result of the reduction.  */
+  n_ = r1_[[n_]];
+  state_ = pgoto_[[n_ - ntokens_]] + state_stack_[[0]];
+  if (state_ >= 0 && state_ <= last_ && check_[[state_]] == state_stack_[[0]])
+    state_ = table_[[state_]];
+  else
+    state_ = defgoto_[[n_ - ntokens_]];
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+  /* Report and recover from errors.  This is very incomplete.  */
+ yyerrlab:
+  /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error.  */
+  if (!errstatus)
+    {
+      ++nerrs;
+
+#if YYERROR_VERBOSE
+      n_ = pact_[[state_]];
+      if (pact_ninf_ < n_ && n_ < last_)
+	{
+	  message = "parse error, unexpected ";
+	  message += name_[[ilooka_]];
+	  {
+	    int count = 0;
+	    for (int x = (n_ < 0 ? -n_ : 0); x < ntokens_ + nnts_; ++x)
+	      if (check_[[x + n_]] == x && x != terror_)
+		++count;
+	    if (count < 5)
+	      {
+		count = 0;
+		for (int x = (n_ < 0 ? -n_ : 0); x < ntokens_ + nnts_; ++x)
+		  if (check_[[x + n_]] == x && x != terror_)
+		    {
+		      message += (!count++) ? ", expecting " : " or ";
+		      message += name_[[x]];
+		    }
+	      }
+	  }
+	}
+      else
+#endif
+	message = "parse error";
+      error_ ();
+    }
+  goto yyerrlab1;
+
+  /* Error raised explicitly by an action.  */
+ yyerrlab1:
+  if (errstatus == 3)
+    {
+      /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an
+	 error, discard it.  */
+
+      /* Return failure if at end of input.  */
+      if (looka_ == eof_)
+	goto yyabortlab;
+      YYCDEBUG << "Discarding token " << looka_
+	     << " (" << name_[[ilooka_]] << ")." << std::endl;
+      looka_ = empty_;
+    }
+
+  /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error
+     token.  */
+
+  errstatus = 3;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      n_ = pact_[[state_]];
+      if (n_ != pact_ninf_)
+	{
+	  n_ += terror_;
+	  if (0 <= n_ && n_ <= last_ && check_[[n_]] == terror_)
+	    {
+	      n_ = table_[[n_]];
+	      if (0 < n_)
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token.  */
+      if (!state_stack_.height ())
+	goto yyabortlab;
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+      if (debug_)
+	{
+	  if (stos_[[state_]] < ntokens_)
+	    {
+	      YYCDEBUG << "Error: popping token "
+		     << token_number_[[stos_[state_]]]
+		     << " (" << name_[[stos_[state_]]];
+# ifdef YYPRINT
+	      YYPRINT (stderr, token_number_[[stos_[state_]]],
+		       semantic_stack_.top ());
+# endif
+	      YYCDEBUG << ')' << std::endl;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      YYCDEBUG << "Error: popping nonterminal ("
+		     << name_[[stos_[state_]]] << ')' << std::endl;
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+
+      state_ = (state_stack_.pop (), state_stack_[[0]]);
+      semantic_stack_.pop ();
+      location_stack_.pop ();;
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+      if (debug_)
+	{
+	  YYCDEBUG << "Error: state stack now";
+	  for (StateStack::ConstIterator i = state_stack_.begin ();
+	       i != state_stack_.end (); ++i)
+	    YYCDEBUG << ' ' << *i;
+	  YYCDEBUG << std::endl;
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+  if (n_ == final_)
+    goto yyacceptlab;
+
+  YYCDEBUG << "Shifting error token, ";
+
+  semantic_stack_.push (value);
+  location_stack_.push (location);
+
+  state_ = n_;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+  /* Accept.  */
+ yyacceptlab:
+  return 0;
+
+  /* Abort.  */
+ yyabortlab:
+  return 1;
+}
+
+void
+yy::b4_name::lex_ ()
+{
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  looka_ = yylex (&value, &location);
+#else
+  looka_ = yylex (&value);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* YYPACT[[STATE-NUM]] -- Index in YYTABLE of the portion describing
+   STATE-NUM.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_pact]) yy::b4_name::pact_ninf_ = b4_pact_ninf;
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_pact])
+yy::b4_name::pact_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_pact
+};
+
+/* YYDEFACT[[S]] -- default rule to reduce with in state S when YYTABLE
+   doesn't specify something else to do.  Zero means the default is an
+   error.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_defact])
+yy::b4_name::defact_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_defact
+};
+
+/* YYPGOTO[[NTERM-NUM]].  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_pgoto])
+yy::b4_name::pgoto_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_pgoto
+};
+
+/* YYDEFGOTO[[NTERM-NUM]].  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_defgoto])
+yy::b4_name::defgoto_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_defgoto
+};
+
+/* YYTABLE[[YYPACT[STATE-NUM]]].  What to do in state STATE-NUM.  If
+   positive, shift that token.  If negative, reduce the rule which
+   number is the opposite.  If zero, do what YYDEFACT says.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_table]) yy::b4_name::table_ninf_ = b4_table_ninf;
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_table])
+yy::b4_name::table_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_table
+};
+
+/* YYCHECK.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_check])
+yy::b4_name::check_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_check
+};
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+/* STOS_[[STATE-NUM]] -- The (internal number of the) accessing
+   symbol of state STATE-NUM.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_stos])
+yy::b4_name::stos_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_stos
+};
+
+/* TOKEN_NUMBER_[[YYLEX-NUM]] -- Internal token number corresponding
+   to YYLEX-NUM.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_toknum])
+yy::b4_name::token_number_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_toknum
+};
+#endif
+
+/* YYR1[[YYN]] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_r1])
+yy::b4_name::r1_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_r1
+};
+
+/* YYR2[[YYN]] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_r2])
+yy::b4_name::r2_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_r2
+};
+
+#if YYDEBUG || YYERROR_VERBOSE
+/* YYTNAME[[SYMBOL-NUM]] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM.
+   First, the terminals, then, starting at YYNTOKENS, nonterminals. */
+const char*
+const yy::b4_name::name_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_tname
+};
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+/* YYRHS -- A `-1'-separated list of the rules' RHS. */
+const yy::b4_name::RhsNumberType
+yy::b4_name::rhs_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_rhs
+};
+
+/* YYPRHS[[YYN]] -- Index of the first RHS symbol of rule number YYN in
+   YYRHS.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_prhs])
+yy::b4_name::prhs_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_prhs
+};
+
+/* YYRLINE[[YYN]] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined.  */
+const b4_int_type_for([b4_rline])
+yy::b4_name::rline_[[]] =
+{
+  b4_rline
+};
+#endif
+
+/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX.  */
+yy::b4_name::TokenNumberType
+yy::b4_name::translate_ (int token)
+{
+  static
+  const TokenNumberType
+  translate_[[]] =
+  {
+    b4_translate
+  };
+  if ((unsigned) token <= user_token_number_max_)
+    return translate_[[token]];
+  else
+    return undef_token_;
+}
+
+const int yy::b4_name::eof_ = 0;
+const int yy::b4_name::last_ = b4_last;
+const int yy::b4_name::nnts_ = b4_nterms_number;
+const int yy::b4_name::empty_ = -2;
+const int yy::b4_name::final_ = b4_final_state_number;
+const int yy::b4_name::terror_ = 1;
+const int yy::b4_name::errcode_ = 256;
+const int yy::b4_name::ntokens_ = b4_tokens_number;
+const int yy::b4_name::initdepth_ = b4_initdepth;
+
+const unsigned yy::b4_name::user_token_number_max_ = b4_user_token_number_max;
+const yy::b4_name::TokenNumberType yy::b4_name::undef_token_ = b4_undef_token_number;
+
+b4_epilogue
+dnl
+#output "stack.hh"
+b4_copyright([2002])
+
+#ifndef BISON_STACK_HH
+# define BISON_STACK_HH
+
+#include <deque>
+
+namespace yy
+{
+  template < class T, class S = std::deque< T > >
+  class Stack
+  {
+  public:
+
+    typedef typename S::iterator Iterator;
+    typedef typename S::const_iterator ConstIterator;
+
+    Stack () : seq_ ()
+    {
+    }
+
+    Stack (unsigned n) : seq_ (n)
+    {
+    }
+
+    inline
+    T&
+    operator [[]] (unsigned index)
+    {
+      return seq_[[index]];
+    }
+
+    inline
+    const T&
+    operator [[]] (unsigned index) const
+    {
+      return seq_[[index]];
+    }
+
+    inline
+    void
+    push (const T& t)
+    {
+      seq_.push_front (t);
+    }
+
+    inline
+    void
+    pop (unsigned n = 1)
+    {
+      for (; n; --n)
+	seq_.pop_front ();
+    }
+
+    inline
+    unsigned
+    height () const
+    {
+      return seq_.size ();
+    }
+
+    inline ConstIterator begin () const { return seq_.begin (); }
+    inline ConstIterator end () const { return seq_.end (); }
+
+  private:
+
+    S seq_;
+  };
+
+  template < class T, class S = Stack< T > >
+  class Slice
+  {
+  public:
+
+    Slice (const S& stack,
+	   unsigned range) : stack_ (stack),
+			     range_ (range)
+    {
+    }
+
+    inline
+    const T&
+    operator [[]] (unsigned index) const
+    {
+      return stack_[[range_ - index]];
+    }
+
+  private:
+
+    const S& stack_;
+    unsigned range_;
+  };
+}
+
+#endif // not BISON_STACK_HH
+dnl
+#output "location.hh"
+b4_copyright([2002])
+
+#ifndef BISON_LOCATION_HH
+# define BISON_LOCATION_HH
+
+namespace yy
+{
+  struct Position
+  {
+    int line;
+    int column;
+  };
+
+  struct Location
+  {
+    Position first;
+    Position last;
+  };
+}
+
+#endif // not BISON_LOCATION_HH

data/m4sugar/version.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# This file is part of -*- Autoconf -*-.
+# Version of Autoconf.
+# Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+m4_define([m4_PACKAGE_NAME],      [GNU Autoconf])
+m4_define([m4_PACKAGE_TARNAME],   [autoconf])
+m4_define([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION],   [2.52h])
+m4_define([m4_PACKAGE_STRING],    [GNU Autoconf 2.52h])
+m4_define([m4_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT], [[email protected]])

doc/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+Makefile
+bison.aux
+bison.cp
+bison.cps
+bison.dvi
+bison.fn
+bison.ky
+bison.log
+bison.pdf
+bison.pg
+bison.ps
+bison.toc
+bison.tp
+bison.vr
+refcard.dvi
+refcard.log
+refcard.ps
+Makefile.in
+*.info*
+stamp-vti
+version.texi

doc/FAQ

@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+Frequently Asked Questions about Bison:
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q1.  Is Bison Y2K compliant?
+
+A1.  If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, I can't
+     provide it.  With a little thought you can answer this one for
+     yourself, though.  (Hint: does a parser generator rely on the
+     date or time for anything?)  If you're still confused, see
+     http://www.gnu.org/software/year2000.html for more information.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q2.  I can't build Bison because "make" complains that "msgfmt" is not
+     fund.  What should I do?
+
+A2.  Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that
+     feature is turned on by default.  If you have problems building
+     in the "po" subdirectory, it indicates that your system's
+     internationalization support is lacking.  You can re-configure
+     Bison with "--disable-nls" to turn off this support, or you can
+     install GNU gettext from ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/ and
+     re-configure Bison.  See the file "ABOUT-NLS" for more
+     information.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q3.  I'm having trouble using Bison.  Where can I find help?
+
+A3.  First, read the fine manual which comes with bison.  Beyond that,
+     you can send mail to <[email protected]>.  This mailing list is
+     intended to be populated with people who are willing to answer
+     questions about using and installing Bison.  Please keep in mind
+     that (most of) the people on the list have aspects of their lives
+     which are not related to Bison (!), so you may not receive an
+     answer to your question right away.  This can be frustrating, but
+     please try not to honk them off; remember that any help they
+     provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
+     hearts.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q4.  I found a bug.  What should I include in the bug report?
+
+A4.  Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
+     version.  Check ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/ or one of its
+     mirrors.  Be sure to include the version number in your bug
+     report.  If the bug is present in the latest version but not in a
+     previous version, try to determine the most recent version which
+     did not contain the bug.
+
+     If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest
+     grammar you can which demonstrates the bug.  The grammar file
+     should also be complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through
+     Bison without having to edit or add anything).  The smaller and
+     simpler the grammar, the easier it will be to fix the bug.
+
+     Include information about your compilation environment, including
+     your operating system's name and version and your compiler's name
+     and version.  If you have trouble compiling, you should also
+     include a transcript of the build session, starting with the
+     invocation of `configure'.  Depending on the nature of the bug,
+     you may be asked to send additional files as well (such as
+     `config.h' or `config.cache').
+
+     Patches are most welcome, but not required.  That is, do not
+     hesitate to send a bug report just because you can not provide a
+     fix.
+
+     Send bug reports to <[email protected]>.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q5.  Will Bison ever have C++ support?
+
+A5.  Yes, it's in the works.  Things are very chaotic right now, but
+     what little information floats around is posted to the bug-bison
+     mailing list.  If you're interested in testing C++ support when
+     it becomes available, please consider subscribing to the list,
+     especially if you are willing to beta test other releases as
+     well.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q6.  What is involved in being a beta tester?
+
+A6.  It's not terribly involved.  Basically, you would download a test
+     release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two.
+     After that, you would submit either a bug report or a message
+     saying that everything is okay.  It is important to report
+     successes as well as failures because test releases eventually
+     become mainstream releases, but only if they are adequately
+     tested.  If no one tests, development is essentially halted.
+
+     Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to
+     which I do not have access.  I currently have easy access to
+     Linux (x86 glibc 2.1), Solaris (SPARC) 2.6 and 2.7, and HP-UX
+     10.20.  Reports about other operating systems are especially
+     welcome.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Q7.  How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
+
+A7.  See http://www.gnu.org/ (the section about "GNU mailing lists")
+     for more information.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
+
+info_TEXINFOS = bison.texinfo
+man_MANS = bison.1
+bison_TEXINFOS = gpl.texi fdl.texi
+
+EXTRA_DIST = FAQ bison.1 bison.rnh refcard.tex
+
+CLEANFILES = refcard.dvi refcard.log refcard.ps
+
+refcard.dvi: refcard.tex
+	tex refcard.tex
+
+refcard.ps: refcard.dvi

doc/bison.1

@@ -10,7 +10,11 @@ bison \- GNU Project parser generator (yacc replacement)
 ] [
 .B \-d
 ] [
-.B \-\-defines
+.BI \-\-defines= defines-file
+] [
+.B \-g
+] [
+.BI \-\-graph= graph-file
 ] [
 .B \-k
 ] [
@@ -32,10 +36,6 @@ bison \- GNU Project parser generator (yacc replacement)
 ] [
 .BI \-\-name-prefix= prefix
 ] [
-.B \-r
-] [
-.B \-\-raw
-] [
 .B \-t
 ] [
 .B \-\-debug
@@ -75,13 +75,22 @@ Unlike
 .IR yacc ,
 the generated files do not have fixed names, but instead use the prefix
 of the input file.
+Moreover, if you need to put 
+.IR C++
+code in the input file, you can end his name by a C++-like extension
+(.ypp or .y++), then bison will follow your extension to name the 
+output file (.cpp or .c++).
 For instance, a grammar description file named
-.B parse.y
+.B parse.yxx
 would produce the generated parser in a file named
-.BR parse.tab.c ,
+.BR parse.tab.cxx ,
 instead of
 .IR yacc 's
-.BR y.tab.c .
+.BR y.tab.c 
+or old 
+.IR Bison
+versions
+.BR parse.tab.c .
 .PP
 This description of the options that can be given to
 .I bison
@@ -118,8 +127,6 @@ chosen as if the input file were named
 .B \-d
 .br
 .ns
-.TP
-.B \-\-defines
 Write an extra output file containing macro definitions for the token
 type names defined in the grammar and the semantic value type
 .BR YYSTYPE ,
@@ -140,31 +147,46 @@ in a separate source file, because
 needs to be able to refer to token type codes and the variable
 .BR yylval .
 .TP
-.B \-r
+.BI \-\-defines= defines-file
+The behaviour of
+.BI \-\-defines 
+is the same than 
+.BI \-d 
+option. 
+The only difference is that it has an optionnal argument which is 
+the name of the output filename.
+.TP
+.BI \-g
 .br
 .ns
+Output a VCG definition of the LALR(1) grammar automaton computed by
+Bison. If the grammar file is 
+.BR foo.y
+, the VCG output file will be
+.BR foo.vcg .
 .TP
-.B \-\-raw
-The token numbers in the \fIname\fB.h\fR file are usually the Yacc compatible 
-translations.  If this switch is specified, Bison token numbers
-are output instead.  (Yacc numbers start at 257 except for single character 
-tokens;  Bison assigns token numbers sequentially for all tokens 
-starting at 3.)
+.BI \-\-graph= graph-file
+The behaviour of 
+.BI \-\-graph 
+is the same than
+.BI \-g
+option. The only difference is that it has an optionnal argument which 
+is the name of the output graph filename.
 .TP
 .B \-k
 .br
 .ns
 .TP
 .B \-\-token-table
-This switch causes the \fIname\fB.tab.c\fR output to include a list of 
-token names in order by their token numbers;  this is defined in the array 
+This switch causes the \fIname\fB.tab.c\fR output to include a list of
+token names in order by their token numbers;  this is defined in the array
 .IR yytname .
-Also generated 
-are #defines for 
+Also generated
+are #defines for
 .IR YYNTOKENS ,
 .IR YYNNTS ,
 .IR YYNRULES ,
-and 
+and
 .IR YYNSTATES .
 .TP
 .B \-l
@@ -188,10 +210,10 @@ parser file, treating it an independent source file in its own right.
 .TP
 .B \-\-no-parser
 Do not generate the parser code into the output;  generate only
-declarations.  The generated \fIname\fB.tab.c\fR file will have only 
+declarations.  The generated \fIname\fB.tab.c\fR file will have only
 constant declarations.  In addition, a \fIname\fB.act\fR file is
 generated containing a switch statement body containing all the
-translated actions. 
+translated actions.
 .TP
 .BI \-o " outfile"
 .br
@@ -224,7 +246,7 @@ The precise list of symbols renamed is
 .BR yylex ,
 .BR yyerror ,
 .BR yylval ,
-.BR yychar , 
+.BR yychar ,
 and
 .BR yydebug .
 .sp
@@ -240,9 +262,9 @@ and so on.
 .ns
 .TP
 .B \-\-debug
-Output a definition of the macro
-.B YYDEBUG 
-into the parser file,
+In the parser file, define the macro
+.B YYDEBUG
+to 1 if it is not already defined,
 so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
 .TP
 .B \-v
@@ -320,14 +342,10 @@ bison \-y $*
 .ft R
 .sp
 .RE
-.PP
-The long-named options can be introduced with `+' as well as `\-\-',
-for compatibility with previous releases.  Eventually support for `+'
-will be removed, because it is incompatible with the POSIX.2 standard.
 .SH FILES
-/usr/local/lib/bison.simple	simple parser
+/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple	simple parser
 .br
-/usr/local/lib/bison.hairy	complicated parser
+/usr/local/share/bison/bison.hairy	complicated parser
 .SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
 .TP
 .SM BISON_SIMPLE

doc/bison.rnh

@@ -56,7 +56,8 @@ foo_tab.c.
 .indent -1
 2 /DEBUG
 .skip
-Output a definition of the macro YYDEBUG into the parser file,
+In the parser file,
+define the macro YYDEBUG to 1 if it is not already defined,
 so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
 .skip
 .indent -1

doc/fdl.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
+@node GNU Free Documentation License
+@appendixsec GNU Free Documentation License
+
+@cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License
+@center Version 1.1, March 2000
+
+@display
+Copyright @copyright{} 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA
+
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+@end display
+
+@enumerate 0
+@item
+PREAMBLE
+
+The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+written document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
+the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
+modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
+this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
+credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
+modifications made by others.
+
+This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
+complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
+
+We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
+principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+
+@item
+APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
+under the terms of this License.  The ``Document'', below, refers to any
+such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
+addressed as ``you''.
+
+A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
+textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
+connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+
+The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License.
+
+The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+the Document is released under this License.
+
+A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
+not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
+
+Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+@sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input format,
+@acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available
+@acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML} designed
+for human modification.  Opaque formats include PostScript,
+@acronym{PDF}, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
+proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} for which
+the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are not generally available,
+and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML} produced by some word
+processors for output purposes only.
+
+The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
+the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+@item
+VERBATIM COPYING
+
+You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
+technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
+compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
+number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+
+You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+you may publicly display copies.
+
+@item
+COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
+and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
+the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
+the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+
+If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
+Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
+general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
+charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
+option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
+distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
+Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
+until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
+copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
+the public.
+
+It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+
+@item
+MODIFICATIONS
+
+You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+
+@enumerate A
+@item
+Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
+if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+
+@item
+List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
+
+@item
+State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+Modified Version, as the publisher.
+
+@item
+Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+
+@item
+Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+
+@item
+Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+
+@item
+Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+
+@item
+Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+
+@item
+Preserve the section entitled ``History'', and its title, and add to
+it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
+there is no section entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
+stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+
+@item
+Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+it was based on.  These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
+You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+
+@item
+In any section entitled ``Acknowledgments'' or ``Dedications'',
+preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
+substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgments
+and/or dedications given therein.
+
+@item
+Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
+or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+
+@item
+Delete any section entitled ``Endorsements''.  Such a section
+may not be included in the Modified Version.
+
+@item
+Do not retitle any existing section as ``Endorsements''
+or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+@end enumerate
+
+If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+
+You may add a section entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
+
+You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+
+The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+
+@item
+COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+license notice.
+
+The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+
+In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled ``History''
+in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
+``History''; likewise combine any sections entitled ``Acknowledgments'',
+and any sections entitled ``Dedications''.  You must delete all sections
+entitled ``Endorsements.''
+
+@item
+COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+
+You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+
+@item
+AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
+of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
+compilation.  Such a compilation is called an ``aggregate'', and this
+License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
+with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
+are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+
+If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
+of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
+Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
+
+@item
+TRANSLATION
+
+Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
+translation of this License provided that you also include the
+original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
+between the translation and the original English version of this
+License, the original English version will prevail.
+
+@item
+TERMINATION
+
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
+copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
+parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+@item
+FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
+@uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}.
+
+Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+@end enumerate
+
+@page
+@appendixsubsec ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+  Copyright (C)  @var{year}  @var{your name}.
+  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+  under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+  or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+  with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with the
+  Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts being @var{list}.
+  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+  Free Documentation License''.
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+If you have no Invariant Sections, write ``with no Invariant Sections''
+instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
+Front-Cover Texts, write ``no Front-Cover Texts'' instead of
+``Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}''; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
+
+If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
+
+@c Local Variables:
+@c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict"
+@c End:

doc/gpl.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+@node Copying
+@unnumbered GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+@center Version 2, June 1991
+
+@c This file is intended to be included in another file.
+
+@display
+Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA
+
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+@end display
+
+@unnumberedsec Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software---to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+@iftex
+@unnumberedsec TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+@end iftex
+@ifinfo
+@center TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+@end ifinfo
+
+@enumerate 0
+@item
+This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License.  The ``Program'', below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based on the Program''
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term ``modification''.)  Each licensee is addressed as ``you''.
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+@item
+You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+@item
+You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+@enumerate a
+@item
+You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+@item
+You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+parties under the terms of this License.
+
+@item
+If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+@end enumerate
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+@item
+You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+@enumerate a
+@item
+Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+@item
+Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+@item
+Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
+allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+received the program in object code or executable form with such
+an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+@end enumerate
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+@item
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+@item
+You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+@item
+Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+@item
+If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+@item
+If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+@item
+The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any
+later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+@item
+If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+@iftex
+@heading NO WARRANTY
+@end iftex
+@ifinfo
+@center NO WARRANTY
+@end ifinfo
+
+@item
+BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+@item
+IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+@end enumerate
+
+@iftex
+@heading END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+@end iftex
+@ifinfo
+@center END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+@end ifinfo
+
+@page
+@unnumberedsec Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+@smallexample
+@var{one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.}
+Copyright (C) @var{yyyy}  @var{name of author}
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
+@end smallexample
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+@smallexample
+Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author}
+Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+@end smallexample
+
+The hypothetical commands @samp{show w} and @samp{show c} should show
+the appropriate parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the
+commands you use may be called something other than @samp{show w} and
+@samp{show c}; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items---whatever
+suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+@example
+Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+@var{signature of Ty Coon}, 1 April 1989
+Ty Coon, President of Vice
+@end example
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.

doc/refcard.tex

@@ -0,0 +1,512 @@
+% Bison Quick Reference
+
+%**start of header
+\newcount\columnsperpage
+
+% This file can be printed with 1 or 2 columns per page (see below).
+% Specify how many you want here.  Nothing else needs to be changed
+% unless you are maintaining the documentation.
+% For printing reference cards to use in books, specify one column
+% per page and reduce to 80%.
+% Note that if columnsperpage is set to 2, there will be a few overfull
+% boxes, but they are not serious. Just uncomment \finalout.
+
+\columnsperpage=1
+
+% comment out this line if you want page numbers to appear.
+\nopagenumbers
+
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
+%\finalout
+
+% Copyright (c) 1998, 2001  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+%
+% This file is part of Bison.
+%
+% Bison is free software; you can redistribute them and/or modify them
+% under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+% Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+% later version.
+%
+% Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+% ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+% FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+% for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with either Flex or Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write
+% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+%
+% This file is intended to be processed by plain TeX (TeX82).
+%
+% The final reference card has two columns:
+% This file can be used to produce it in any of three ways:
+% 1 column per page
+%    produces two separate pages, each of which needs to be reduced to 80%.
+%    This gives the best resolution.
+% 2 columns per page
+%    produces a single page.
+%    You will still need to cut and paste.
+% Which mode to use is controlled by setting \columnsperpage above.
+%
+% Authors:
+%  Brendan Kehoe
+%  UUCP: widener!brendan
+%  Internet: [email protected]
+%
+%  Gavin Nicol
+%  Internet: [email protected]
+%
+% This refcard format was created by Steve Gildea.
+%
+% Thanks to Paul Rubin, Bob Chassell, Len Tower, and Richard Mlynarik
+% for their many good ideas.
+
+% We only change the following to change the version numbers and
+% such.
+
+\def\bisonversion{1.31}                    % the bison version
+
+\def\refcardversion{0.5}                   % reference card version
+\def\month{November}                       % month
+\def\year{2001}                            % year
+\def\version{\month\ \year, Bison Refcard Version \refcardversion}
+
+% for copyright notices
+\def\small{\smallfont\textfont2=\smallsy\baselineskip=.8\baselineskip}
+\def\medium{\mediumfont\textfont2=\mediumsy\baselineskip=.8\baselineskip}
+
+\def\copyrightnotice{
+\vskip .15ex plus .25 fill
+\begingroup\medium
+\centerline{Copyright \copyright\ \year\ Free Software Foundation, Inc.}
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{\version}
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{designed by Brendan Kehoe and Gavin Nicol}
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{for Bison \bisonversion}
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute copies of this card
+provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+For information, write to the:
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{Free Software Foundation, Inc.}
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{59 Temple Place - Suite 330}
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA}
+\endgroup}
+
+%%%% smallcopyrightnotice for two column printing on one page.
+\def\smallcopyrightnotice{
+\vskip .15ex plus .25 fill
+\begingroup\small
+\centerline{Copyright \copyright\ \year\ Free Software Foundation, Inc.}
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{\version}
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{designed by Brendan Kehoe and Gavin Nicol}
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{for Bison \bisonversion}
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute copies of this card
+provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+For information, write to the:
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{Free Software Foundation, Inc.}
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{59 Temple Place - Suite 330}
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\centerline{Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA}
+\endgroup}
+
+% make \bye not \outer so that the \def\bye in the \else clause below
+% can be scanned without complaint.
+\def\bye{\par\vfill\supereject\end}
+
+\newdimen\intercolumnskip
+\newbox\columna
+\newbox\columnb
+
+\def\ncolumns{\the\columnsperpage}
+
+\message{[\ncolumns\space
+  column\if 1\ncolumns\else s\fi\space per page]}
+
+\def\scaledmag#1{ scaled \magstep #1}
+
+% This multi-way format was designed by Stephen Gildea
+% October 1986.
+\if 1\ncolumns
+  \hsize 4in
+  \vsize 10in
+% We want output .3 inch *from top of paper edge*; i.e. -.7in from TeX default
+  \voffset -.7in % Comment out for xdvi viewing; include for printing.
+  \font\titlefont=\fontname\tenbf \scaledmag3
+  \font\headingfont=\fontname\tenbf \scaledmag2
+  \font\smallfont=cmr6
+  \font\smallsy=cmsy6
+  \font\mediumfont=cmr10
+  \font\mediumsy=cmsy10
+
+
+% two lines below commented out in Yet Another Attempt to eliminate
+% page numbers from the output.
+  \footline{\hss}
+% \footline{\hss\folio}
+  \def\makefootline{\baselineskip10pt\hsize6.5in\line{\the\footline}}
+\else
+  \hsize 3.2in
+  \vsize 7.95in
+  \hoffset -.75in
+  \voffset -.745in
+  \font\titlefont=cmbx10 \scaledmag2
+  \font\headingfont=cmbx10 \scaledmag1
+  \font\smallfont=cmr6
+  \font\smallsy=cmsy6
+  \font\eightrm=cmr8
+  \font\eightbf=cmbx8
+  \font\eightit=cmti8
+  \font\eighttt=cmtt8
+  \font\eightsy=cmsy8
+  \textfont0=\eightrm
+  \textfont2=\eightsy
+  \def\rm{\eightrm}
+  \def\bf{\eightbf}
+  \def\it{\eightit}
+  \def\tt{\eighttt}
+%%%% Reduce skip from .8 to .75 to permit printing on two pages.
+  \normalbaselineskip=.75\normalbaselineskip
+  \normallineskip=.75\normallineskip
+  \normallineskiplimit=.75\normallineskiplimit
+  \normalbaselines\rm           %make definitions take effect
+
+  \if 2\ncolumns
+    \let\maxcolumn=b
+    \footline{\hss\rm\folio\hss}
+    \def\makefootline{\vskip 2in \hsize=6.86in\line{\the\footline}}
+  \font\mediumfont=cmr10
+  \font\mediumsy=cmsy10
+
+% Leave 3 column code here in case size increases.
+  \else \if 3\ncolumns
+    \let\maxcolumn=c
+    \nopagenumbers
+  \font\mediumfont=cmr10
+  \font\mediumsy=cmsy10
+
+  \else
+    \errhelp{You must set \columnsperpage equal to 1, 2, or 3.}
+    \errmessage{Illegal number of columns per page}
+  \fi\fi
+
+  \intercolumnskip=.46in
+  \def\abc{a}
+  \output={%
+      % This next line is useful when designing the layout.
+      %\immediate\write16{Column \folio\abc\space starts with \firstmark}
+      \if \maxcolumn\abc \multicolumnformat \global\def\abc{a}
+      \else\if a\abc
+        \global\setbox\columna\columnbox \global\def\abc{b}
+        %% in case we never use \columnb (two-column mode)
+        \global\setbox\columnb\hbox to -\intercolumnskip{}
+      \else
+        \global\setbox\columnb\columnbox \global\def\abc{c}\fi\fi}
+  \def\multicolumnformat{\shipout\vbox{\makeheadline
+      \hbox{\box\columna\hskip\intercolumnskip
+        \box\columnb\hskip\intercolumnskip\columnbox}
+      \makefootline}\advancepageno}
+  \def\columnbox{\leftline{\pagebody}}
+
+  \def\bye{\par\vfill\supereject
+    \if a\abc \else\null\vfill\eject\fi
+    \if a\abc \else\null\vfill\eject\fi
+    \end}
+\fi
+
+% we won't be using math mode much, so redefine some of the characters
+% we might want to talk about
+\catcode`\^=12
+\catcode`\_=12
+
+\chardef\\=`\\
+\chardef\{=`\{
+\chardef\}=`\}
+
+\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer}
+
+\parindent 0pt
+% \parskip 1ex plus .5ex minus .5ex
+\parskip 0.5ex plus .25ex minus .25ex
+
+\outer\def\newcolumn{\vfill\eject}
+
+\outer\def\title#1{{\titlefont\centerline{#1}}\vskip 1ex plus .5ex}
+
+\outer\def\section#1{\par\filbreak
+  \vskip 1.5ex plus 1ex minus 1ex {\headingfont #1}\mark{#1}%
+  \vskip 1ex plus .5ex minus 0.75ex}
+
+\newdimen\keyindent
+
+\def\beginindentedkeys{\keyindent=1em}
+\def\endindentedkeys{\keyindent=0em}
+\endindentedkeys
+
+\def\paralign{\vskip\parskip\halign}
+
+\def\<#1>{$\langle${\rm #1}$\rangle$}
+
+\def\kbd#1{{\tt#1}\null}        %\null so not an abbrev even if period follows
+
+\def\beginexample{\par\leavevmode\begingroup
+  \obeylines\obeyspaces\parskip0pt\tt}
+{\obeyspaces\global\let =\ }
+\def\endexample{\endgroup}
+\def\begincexample{%
+  \par\leavevmode\begingroup%
+  \obeylines\obeyspaces%
+  % bpk--added indentation
+  \advance\leftskip.25truein
+%  \parskip0pt%
+  \tt}
+{\obeyspaces\global\let =\ }
+\def\endcexample{\endgroup}
+
+%%%%% Prime definition of key; redefined below to prevent overful hboxes
+
+\def\key#1#2{\leavevmode\hbox to \hsize
+  {\vtop {\hsize=.67\hsize \rightskip=1em #1}
+  \kbd{#2}\hfil}}
+
+\newbox\metaxbox
+\setbox\metaxbox\hbox{\kbd{M-x }}
+\newdimen\metaxwidth
+\metaxwidth=\wd\metaxbox
+
+\def\metax#1#2{\leavevmode\hbox to \hsize{\hbox to .75\hsize
+  {\hskip\keyindent\relax#1\hfil}%
+  \hskip -\metaxwidth minus 1fil
+  \kbd{#2}\hfil}}
+
+\def\threecol#1#2#3{\hskip\keyindent\relax#1\hfil&\kbd{#2}\quad
+  &\kbd{#3}\quad\cr}
+
+%**end of header
+
+%     ************
+%     **  BISON **
+%     ************
+
+\title{Bison Quick Reference}
+
+\section{Starting Bison}
+%***********************
+
+To use Bison, type: \kbd{bison {\it filename}}
+
+Options can be used as: \kbd{bison {\it options} {\it filename}}
+
+\section{Command Line Options}
+%*****************************
+
+\key{Display usage information.}                         {-h}
+\key{Display version information.}                       {-V}
+\key{Generate token and {\tt YYSTYPE} definitions.}      {-d}
+\key{Prepend a prefix to external symbols.}              {-p {\it prefix}}
+\key{Don't put {\tt \#line} directives in the parser.}   {-l}
+\key{Specify the output file.}                           {-o {\it filename}}
+\key{Debug or {\it trace} mode.}                      {-t}
+\key{Verbose description of the parser.}                 {-v}
+\key{Emulate {\tt yacc} (generate {\tt y.tab.*} files).} {-y}
+
+\vskip .10truein
+{\bf Note:} The token and {\tt YYSTYPE} definitions are generated
+to a file called {\tt y.tab.h} if the {\tt -y} option is used,
+otherwise it will have the format {\tt {\it name}.tab.h}, where
+{\it name} is the leading part of the parser definition filename.
+
+\section{Definitions}
+%********************
+
+\key{Declare a terminal symbol.}{\%token <{\it t\/}>
+      {\it n}}
+
+\key{Declare a terminal symbol, and define its association.}
+      {{\it association} <{\it t\/}> {\it n}}
+
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\key{Generate a reentrant (pure) parser.}
+      {\%pure_parser}
+
+\key{Define the union of all data types used in the parser.}
+      {\%union\{{\it field list}\} }
+
+\vskip .2\baselineskip
+\key{Tell {\tt bison} where to start parsing.}
+      {\%start {\it m}}
+
+\key{Tell {\tt bison} the data type of symbols.}
+      {\%type <{\it t\/}> {\it s1}\dots{\it sn}}
+
+\vskip .10truein
+
+In the above, {\it t} is a {\it type} defined in the {\tt \%union}
+definition,  {\it n} is a {\it terminal} symbol name, {\it m} is a
+{\it non-terminal} symbol name, and {\it association} can be one of
+{\tt \%left}, {\tt \%right}, or {\tt \%nonassoc}.
+
+\vskip .10truein
+
+The {\tt <{\it t\/}>} after {\tt \%token, \%left, \%right} and {\tt
+  \%nonassoc} is optional. Additionally, precedence may be overridden
+in the rules with {\tt \%prec} commands.
+
+\section{Parser Definition Files}
+%*********************************
+
+The general form for a parser definition is:
+
+\begincexample
+\{\%
+   /* Initial C code.  */
+\%\}
+
+ {\it Token and type definitions}
+
+\%\%
+
+   Rule definition 1
+          \vdots
+   Rule definition {\it n}
+
+\%\%
+
+  /* Other C code.  */
+\endcexample
+
+
+% Decrease standard baselineskip for the second page
+ \baselineskip = .9\baselineskip
+
+\section {Rule definitions}
+%**************************
+
+Rules take the form:
+
+\vskip -\baselineskip
+\beginexample
+     non-terminal : {\it statement} 1
+                  | {\it statement} 2
+                      \vdots
+                  | {\it statement n}
+                  ;
+\endexample
+
+Where {\it statements} can be either empty, or contain
+a mixture of C code (enclosed in {\tt \{...\}}), and the
+symbols that make up the non-terminal. For example:
+
+\vskip -\baselineskip
+\beginexample
+     expression : number '$+$' number \{ \$\$ $=$ \$1 $+$ \$3 \}
+                | number '$-$' number \{ \$\$ $=$ \$1 $-$ \$3 \}
+                | number '$/$' number \{ \$\$ $=$ \$1 $/$ \$3 \}
+                | number '$*$' number \{ \$\$ $=$ \$1 $*$ \$3 \}
+                ;
+\endexample
+
+For altering the precedence of a symbol use:
+\vskip -\baselineskip
+
+\beginexample
+     \%prec name
+\endexample
+
+For example:
+\vskip -\baselineskip
+\beginexample
+     foo : gnu bar gnu      \%prec bar
+         ;
+\endexample
+
+\section{Grammar Variables and Symbols}
+%**************************************
+
+\key{Recognize an error \& continue parsing.}{error}
+\key{Access data associated with a symbol.}  {\$\$, \$0\dots\${\it n}}
+\key{Access a field of the  data union.}    {\$\$.{\it t},
+                                     \$0.{\it t}\dots\${\it n}.{\it t}}
+\key{Access symbol's location.}             {@\$, @0\dots@{\it n}}
+\key{Access data's line location.}          {@{\it x}.{\it line\_spec}}
+\key{Access data's column location.}        {@{\it x}.{\it column\_spec}}
+
+
+\vskip .10truein
+%
+Where {\it t} is a type defined in the {\tt \%union}, {\it n} is a
+number, {\it x} is a number or \$, {\it line\_spec} one of {\tt
+  first_line} and {\tt last_line}, and {\it column\_spec} is specified
+as either {\tt first_column} or {\tt last_column}.
+
+\section {Variables and Types}
+%*****************************
+
+\key{Current look ahead token.}                {yychar}
+\key{Debug mode flag.}                         {yydebug}
+\key{Data associated with the current token.}  {yylval}
+\key{Source position of current token.}        {yylloc}
+\key{Number of errors encountered.}            {yynerrs}
+\key{Position information type.}               {YYLTYPE}
+\key{Data type associated with symbols.}       {YYSTYPE}
+
+\section {Functions}
+%*******************
+
+% Redefine to prevent overfull hboxes
+\def\key#1#2{\leavevmode\hbox to \hsize
+  {\vtop {\hsize=.625\hsize \rightskip=1em #1}
+  \kbd{#2}\hfil}}
+
+\key{User defined error handler.}         {int yyerror(char *)}
+\key{User defined lexical analyzer.}      {int yylex()}
+\key{The grammar parser.}                 {int yyparse()}
+
+% Return to previous size
+\def\key#1#2{\leavevmode\hbox to \hsize
+  {\vtop {\hsize=.67\hsize \rightskip=1em #1}
+  \kbd{#2}\hfil}}
+
+\section{Macros}
+%***************
+
+\key{Quit parsing immediately. Return 1.}           {YYABORT}
+\key{Quit parsing immediately. Return 0.}           {YYACCEPT}
+\key{Pretend a syntax error occurred.}              {YYERROR}
+\key{Value in {\tt yychar} if no look-ahead token.} {YYEMPTY}
+\key{Clear previous look ahead token.}              {yyclearin}
+\key{Recover normally from an error.}               {yyerrok}
+
+% **************
+% ** The end  **
+% **************
+
+\vskip \baselineskip
+\if 1\ncolumns
+\copyrightnotice
+\else
+\smallcopyrightnotice
+\fi
+
+\bye
+
+
+% Local variables:
+% compile-command: "tex refcard"
+% End:

etc/clcommit

@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# clcommit version 0.9.5
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, Free Software Foundation
+
+# This script is Free Software, and it can be copied, distributed and
+# modified as defined in the GNU General Public License.  A copy of
+# its license can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
+
+# Originally by Gary V. Vaughan <[email protected]>
+# Pretty much rewritten by Alexandre Oliva <[email protected]>
+
+# This scripts eases checking in changes to CVS-maintained projects
+# with ChangeLog files.  It will check that there have been no
+# conflicting commits in the CVS repository and print which files it
+# is going to commit to stderr.  A list of files to compare and to
+# check in can be given in the command line.  If it is not given, all
+# files in the current directory (and below, unless `-l' is given) are
+# considered for check in.
+
+# The commit message will be extracted from the differences between a
+# file named ChangeLog* in the commit list, or named after -C, and the
+# one in the repository (unless a message was specified with `-m' or
+# `-F').  An empty message is not accepted (but a blank line is).  If
+# the message is acceptable, it will be presented for verification
+# (and possible edition) using the $PAGER environment variable (or
+# `more', if it is not set, or `cat', if the `-f' switch is given).
+# If $PAGER exits successfully, the modified files (at that moment)
+# are checked in, unless `-n' was specified, in which case nothing is
+# checked in.
+
+# usage: clcommit [-v] [-h] [-f] [-l] [-n] [-q] [-z N] [-C ChangeLog_file]
+#                 [-m msg|-F msg_file|-1] [--] [file|dir ...]
+
+# -f      --force       don't check (unless *followed* by -n), and just
+#                       display commit message instead of running $PAGER
+# -l      --local       don't descend into subdirectories
+# -m msg  --message=msg set commit message
+#         --msg=msg     same as -m
+# -F file --file=file   read commit message from file
+# -1      --first       extract first entry from ChangeLog, no cvs diff
+# -C file --changelog=file extract commit message from specified ChangeLog
+#         --fast        same as --force --first
+# -n      --dry-run     don't commit anything
+# -q      --quiet       run cvs in quiet mode
+# -zN     --compress=N  set compression level (0-9, 0=none, 9=max)
+# -v      --version     print version information
+# -h,-?   --help        print short or long help message
+
+name=clcommit
+: ${CVS=cvs}
+cvsopt=
+updateopt=
+commitopt=
+dry_run=false
+commit=:
+update=:
+log_file="${TMPDIR-/tmp}/commitlog.$$"
+first=false
+
+rm -f "$log_file"
+trap 'rm -f "$log_file"; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# this just eases exit handling
+main_repeat=":"
+while $main_repeat; do
+
+repeat="test $# -gt 0"
+while $repeat; do
+    case "$1" in
+    --fast)
+        shift
+	set fnord --force --first ${1+"$@"}
+	shift
+	;;
+    -f|--force)
+	update=false
+	PAGER=cat
+	shift
+	;;
+    -l|--local)
+	updateopt="$updateopt -l"
+	commitopt="$commitopt -l"
+	shift
+	;;
+    -m|--message|--msg)
+	if test $# = 1; then
+	    echo "$name: missing argument for $1" >&2
+	    break
+	fi
+	if $first || test -f "$log_file"; then
+	    echo "$name: you can have at most one of -m, -F and -1" >&2
+	    break
+	fi
+	shift
+	echo "$1" > "$log_file"
+	shift
+	;;
+    -F|--file)
+	if $first || test -f "$log_file"; then
+	    echo "$name: you can have at most one of -m, -F and -1" >&2
+	    break
+	fi
+	if test $# = 1; then
+	    echo "$name: missing argument for $1" >&2
+	    break
+	fi
+	shift
+	if cat < "$1" > "$log_file"; then :; else
+	    break
+	fi
+	shift
+	;;
+    -1|--first)
+        if test -f "$log_File"; then
+	    echo "$name: you can have at most one of -m, -F and -1" >&2
+	    break
+	fi
+	first=:
+	shift
+	;;
+    -C|--[cC]hange[lL]og)
+        if test $# = 1; then
+	    echo "$name: missing argument for $1" >&2
+	    break
+	fi
+	shift
+	if test ! -f "$1"; then
+	    echo "$name: ChangeLog file \`$1' does not exist" >&2
+	    break
+	fi
+	ChangeLog="$1"
+	shift
+	;;
+    -n|--dry-run)
+	commit=false
+	update=true
+	shift
+	;;
+    -q|--quiet)
+	cvsopt="$cvsopt -q"
+	shift
+	;;
+    -v|--verbose)
+	cvsopt="$cvsopt -t"
+	shift
+	;;
+    -z|--compress)
+	if test $# = 1; then
+	    echo "$name: missing argument for $1" >&2
+	    break
+	fi
+	case "$2" in
+	[0-9]) :;;
+	*)  echo "$name: invalid argument for $1" >&2
+	    break
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	cvsopt="$cvsopt -z$2"
+	shift
+	shift
+	;;
+
+    -m*|-F*|-C*|-z*)
+	opt=`echo "$1" | sed '1s/^\(..\).*$/\1/;q'`
+	arg=`echo "$1" | sed '1s/^-[a-zA-Z0-9]//'`
+	shift
+	set -- "$opt" "$arg" ${1+"$@"}
+	;;
+    --message=*|--msg=*|--file=*|--[Cc]hange[Ll]og=*|--compress=*)
+	opt=`echo "$1" | sed '1s/^\(--[^=]*\)=.*/\1/;q'`
+    	arg=`echo "$1" | sed '1s/^--[^=]*=//'`
+	shift
+	set -- "$opt" "$arg" ${1+"$@"}
+	;;
+
+    -v|--version)
+	sed '/^# '$name' version /,/^# Heavily modified by/ { s/^# //; p; }; d' < $0
+	exit 0
+	;;
+    -\?|-h)
+	sed '/^# usage:/,/# -h/ { s/^# //; p; }; d' < $0 &&
+	echo
+	echo "run \`$name --help | more' for full usage"
+	exit 0
+	;;
+    --help)
+	sed '/^# '$name' version /,/^[^#]/ { /^[^#]/ d; s/^# //; p; }; d' < $0
+	exit 0
+	;;
+    --)
+	shift
+	repeat=false
+	;;
+    -*)
+	echo "$name: invalid flag $1" >&2
+	break
+	;;
+    *)
+	repeat=false
+	;;
+    esac
+done
+# might have used break 2 within the previous loop, but so what
+$repeat && break
+
+$update && \
+if echo "$name: checking for conflicts..." >&2
+   ($CVS $cvsopt -q -n update $updateopt ${1+"$@"} 2>/dev/null \
+    | while read line; do
+	echo "$line"
+	echo "$line" >&3
+      done | grep '^C') 3>&1 >/dev/null; then
+  echo "$name: some conflicts were found, aborting..." >&2
+  break
+fi
+
+if test ! -f "$log_file"; then
+  if test -z "$ChangeLog"; then
+    for f in ${1+"$@"}; do
+      case "$f" in
+      ChangeLog* | */ChangeLog*)
+        if test -z "$ChangeLog"; then
+	    ChangeLog="$f"
+	else
+	    echo "$name: multiple ChangeLog files: $ChangeLog and $f" >&2
+	    break
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+    done
+  fi
+
+  echo "$name: checking commit message..." >&2
+  if $first; then
+    skipping=:
+    sed 's,^,+,' < ${ChangeLog-ChangeLog} |
+    while read line; do
+      case "$line" in
+      "+2"*) if $skipping; then skipping=false; else break; fi;;
+      "+ "*)
+	echo "$name: *** Warning: lines should start with tabs, not spaces; ignoring line:" >&2
+	echo "$line" | sed 's/^.//' >&2;;
+      "+	"*)
+        $skipping || echo "$line" ;;
+      esac
+    done |
+    sed 's,^\+	,,' > "$log_file" || break
+  else
+    $CVS $cvsopt diff -u ${ChangeLog-ChangeLog} |
+    while read line; do
+      case $line in
+      "--- "*) :;;
+      "-"*)
+	echo "$name: *** Warning: the following line in ChangeLog diff is suspicious:" >&2
+	echo "$line" | sed 's/^.//' >&2;;
+      "+ "*)
+	echo "$name: *** Warning: lines should start with tabs, not spaces; ignoring line:" >&2
+	echo "$line" | sed 's/^.//' >&2;;
+      "+") echo;;
+      "+	"*) echo "$line";;
+      esac
+    done |
+    sed -e 's,\+	,,' -e '/./p' -e '/./d' -e '1d' -e '$d' > "$log_file" \
+    || break
+  fi
+# The sed script above removes "+TAB" from the beginning of a line, then
+# deletes the first and/or the last line, when they happen to be empty
+fi
+
+if grep '[^ 	]' < "$log_file" > /dev/null; then :; else
+  echo "$name: empty commit message, aborting" >&2
+  break
+fi
+
+if grep '^$' < "$log_file" > /dev/null; then
+  echo "$name: *** Warning: blank lines should not appear within commit messages." >&2
+  echo "$name: *** They should be used to separate distinct commits." >&2
+fi
+
+${PAGER-more} "$log_file" || break
+
+sleep 1 # give the user some time for a ^C
+
+# Do not check for empty $log_file again, even though the user might have
+# zeroed it out.  If s/he did, it was probably intentional.
+
+if $commit; then
+  $CVS $cvsopt commit $commitopt -F $log_file ${1+"$@"} || break
+fi
+
+main_repeat=false
+done
+
+rm -f "$log_file"
+
+# if main_repeat was not set to `false', we failed
+$main_repeat && exit 1
+exit 0

etc/make-ChangeLogs

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+for dir in . po src doc; do
+  (
+    cd $dir && rcs2log -r -l \
+  -u 'akim	Akim Demaille	[email protected]' \
+  -u 'djm	David J. MacKenzie	[email protected]' \
+  -u 'eggert	Paul Eggert	[email protected]' \
+  -u 'friedman	Noah Friedman	[email protected]' \
+  -u 'hag	Daniel Hagerty	[email protected]' \
+  -u 'jthilo	Jesse Thilo	[email protected]' \
+  -u 'meyering	Jim Meyering	[email protected]' \
+  -u 'rms	Richard Stallman	[email protected]' \
+  | sed -e 's,/opt/cvs/bison/bison/,,g' > ChangeLog
+  )
+done

lib/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+*_.c
+.deps
+Makefile
+ansi2knr ansi2knr.*
+Makefile.in

lib/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+## Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+## (at your option) any later version.
+
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+## GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+## 02111-1307  USA
+
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = ansi2knr
+
+AM_CFLAGS = $(WARNING_CFLAGS)
+
+noinst_LIBRARIES = libbison.a
+
+# config.h is in build/., and system.h is in src/src/.
+INCLUDES = -I$(top_builddir)      \
+           -I$(top_srcdir)/src \
+           -I$(top_srcdir)/lib
+
+# Heck, we are still using an old version of Automake which does not
+# understand inner AC_LIBOBJ (i.e., from Autoconf itself, not from
+# configure.in).
+EXTRA_DIST = malloc.c realloc.c strnlen.c
+
+libbison_a_SOURCES = \
+  gettext.h \
+  basename.c dirname.h dirname.c \
+  getopt.h getopt.c getopt1.c \
+  hash.h hash.c \
+  quote.h quote.c quotearg.h quotearg.c \
+  readpipe.c unlocked-io.h \
+  xalloc.h xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrndup.c \
+  $(bitsets_sources) $(additional_bitsets_sources) $(timevars_sources)
+
+# Implementation of bitsets
+bitsets_sources = \
+libiberty.h \
+abitset.c  bitset.c        bitset_stats.h  ebitset.c  lbitset.h \
+abitset.h  bitset.h        bitsetv.c       ebitset.h \
+bbitset.h  bitset_stats.c  bitsetv.h       lbitset.c
+
+# Additional bitset operations.
+additional_bitsets_sources = \
+	bitsetv-print.h bitsetv-print.c
+
+# timevars, stolen from GCC.
+timevars_sources = \
+	timevar.h timevar.c timevar.def
+
+libbison_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
+libbison_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libbison_a_LIBADD)

lib/abitset.c

@@ -0,0 +1,945 @@
+/* Array bitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. 
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "abitset.h"
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* This file implements fixed size bitsets stored as an array
+   of words.  Any unused bits in the last word must be zero.  */
+
+static void abitset_unused_clear PARAMS ((bitset));
+static void abitset_ones PARAMS ((bitset));
+static void abitset_zero PARAMS ((bitset));
+static int abitset_empty_p PARAMS ((bitset));
+static void abitset_copy1 PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+static void abitset_not PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+static int abitset_equal_p PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+static int abitset_subset_p PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+static int abitset_disjoint_p PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+static void abitset_and PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static int abitset_and_cmp PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static void abitset_andn PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static int abitset_andn_cmp PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static void abitset_or PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static int abitset_or_cmp PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static void abitset_xor PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static int abitset_xor_cmp PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static void abitset_and_or PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static int abitset_and_or_cmp PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static void abitset_andn_or PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static int abitset_andn_or_cmp PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static void abitset_or_and PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static int abitset_or_and_cmp PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static void abitset_copy PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+
+static bitset_bindex abitset_small_list PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex *,
+						 bitset_bindex,
+						 bitset_bindex *));
+
+static void abitset_set PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static void abitset_reset PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static int abitset_test PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static bitset_bindex abitset_size PARAMS ((bitset));
+static bitset_bindex abitset_list PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex *,
+					   bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex *));
+static bitset_bindex abitset_list_reverse
+PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex *, bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex *));
+
+#define ABITSET_N_WORDS(N) (((N) + BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1) / BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+#define ABITSET_WORDS(X) ((X)->a.words)
+#define ABITSET_N_BITS(X) ((X)->a.n_bits)
+
+
+/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
+static bitset_bindex
+abitset_size (src)
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return ABITSET_N_BITS (src);
+}
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
+ *NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with actual number of bits
+ found and with *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+static bitset_bindex
+abitset_small_list (src, list, num, next)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex *list;
+     bitset_bindex num;
+     bitset_bindex *next;
+{
+  bitset_bindex bitno;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_windex size;
+  bitset_word word;
+
+  word = ABITSET_WORDS (src)[0];
+
+  /* Short circuit common case.  */
+  if (!word)
+    return 0;
+
+  size = ABITSET_N_BITS (src);
+  bitno = *next;
+  if (bitno >= size)
+    return 0;
+
+  word >>= bitno;
+
+  /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
+     of the word of interest.  */
+
+  if (num >= BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+    {
+      for (count = 0; word; bitno++)
+	{
+	  if (word & 1)
+	    list[count++] = bitno;
+	  word >>= 1;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (count = 0; word; bitno++)
+	{
+	  if (word & 1)
+	    {
+	      list[count++] = bitno;
+	      if (count >= num)
+		{
+		  bitno++;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	  word >>= 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  *next = bitno;
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* Set bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+static void
+abitset_set (dst, bitno)
+     bitset dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+  /* This should never occur for abitsets since we should always
+     hit the cache.  */
+  abort ();
+}
+
+
+/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+static void
+abitset_reset (dst, bitno)
+     bitset dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+  /* This should never occur for abitsets since we should always
+     hit the cache.  */
+  abort ();
+}
+
+
+/* Test bit BITNO in bitset SRC.  */
+static int
+abitset_test (src, bitno)
+     bitset src ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+  /* This should never occur for abitsets since we should always
+     hit the cache.  */
+  abort ();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET in reverse order, starting
+   from and including NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with
+   actual number of bits found and with *NEXT indicating where search
+   stopped.  */
+static bitset_bindex
+abitset_list_reverse (src, list, num, next)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex *list;
+     bitset_bindex num;
+     bitset_bindex *next;
+{
+  bitset_bindex bitno;
+  bitset_bindex rbitno;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_windex windex;
+  unsigned int bitcnt;
+  bitset_bindex bitoff;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_bindex n_bits = ABITSET_N_BITS (src);
+
+  rbitno = *next;
+
+  /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
+     of the word of interest.  */
+
+  if (rbitno >= n_bits)
+    return 0;
+
+  count = 0;
+
+  bitno = n_bits - (rbitno + 1);
+
+  windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitcnt = bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+  do
+    {
+      bitset_word word;
+
+      word = srcp[windex] << (BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1 - bitcnt);
+      for (; word; bitcnt--)
+	{
+	  if (word & BITSET_MSB)
+	    {
+	      list[count++] = bitoff + bitcnt;
+	      if (count >= num)
+		{
+		  *next = n_bits - (bitoff + bitcnt);
+		  return count;
+		}
+	    }
+	  word <<= 1;
+	}
+      bitoff -= BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+      bitcnt = BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1;
+    }
+  while (windex--);
+
+  *next = n_bits - (bitoff + 1);
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
+ *NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with actual number of bits
+ found and with *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+static bitset_bindex
+abitset_list (src, list, num, next)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex *list;
+     bitset_bindex num;
+     bitset_bindex *next;
+{
+  bitset_bindex bitno;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_windex windex;
+  bitset_bindex bitoff;
+  bitset_windex size = src->b.csize;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word word;
+
+  bitno = *next;
+
+  count = 0;
+  if (!bitno)
+    {
+      /* Many bitsets are zero, so make this common case fast.  */
+      for (windex = 0; windex < size && !srcp[windex]; windex++)
+	continue;
+      if (windex >= size)
+	return 0;
+
+      /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
+	 of the current word.  */
+
+      bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (bitno >= ABITSET_N_BITS (src))
+	return 0;
+
+      windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+      bitno = bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+      if (bitno)
+	{
+	  /* Handle the case where we start within a word.
+	     Most often, this is executed with large bitsets
+	     with many set bits where we filled the array
+	     on the previous call to this function.  */
+
+	  bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+	  word = srcp[windex] >> bitno;
+	  for (bitno = bitoff + bitno; word; bitno++)
+	    {
+	      if (word & 1)
+		{
+		  list[count++] = bitno;
+		  if (count >= num)
+		    {
+		      *next = bitno + 1;
+		      return count;
+		    }
+		}
+	      word >>= 1;
+	    }
+	  windex++;
+	}
+      bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+    }
+
+  for (; windex < size; windex++, bitoff += BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+    {
+      if (!(word = srcp[windex]))
+	continue;
+
+      if ((count + BITSET_WORD_BITS) < num)
+	{
+	  for (bitno = bitoff; word; bitno++)
+	    {
+	      if (word & 1)
+		list[count++] = bitno;
+	      word >>= 1;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  for (bitno = bitoff; word; bitno++)
+	    {
+	      if (word & 1)
+		{
+		  list[count++] = bitno;
+		  if (count >= num)
+		    {
+		      *next = bitno + 1;
+		      return count;
+		    }
+		}
+	      word >>= 1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  *next = bitoff;
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* Ensure that any unused bits within the last word are clear.  */
+static inline void
+abitset_unused_clear (dst)
+     bitset dst;
+{
+  unsigned int last_bit;
+
+  last_bit = ABITSET_N_BITS (dst) % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  if (last_bit)
+    ABITSET_WORDS (dst)[dst->b.csize - 1] &=
+      ((bitset_word) 1 << last_bit) - 1;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_ones (dst)
+     bitset dst;
+{
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  size_t bytes;
+
+  bytes = sizeof (bitset_word) * dst->b.csize;
+
+  memset (dstp, -1, bytes);
+  abitset_unused_clear (dst);
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_zero (dst)
+     bitset dst;
+{
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  size_t bytes;
+
+  bytes = sizeof (bitset_word) * dst->b.csize;
+
+  memset (dstp, 0, bytes);
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_empty_p (dst)
+     bitset dst;
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < dst->b.csize; i++)
+    if (dstp[i])
+      return 0;
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_copy1 (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  if (srcp == dstp)
+      return;
+  memcpy (dstp, srcp, sizeof (bitset_word) * size);
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_not (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = ~(*srcp++);
+  abitset_unused_clear (dst);
+}
+
+ 
+static int
+abitset_equal_p (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      if (*srcp++ != *dstp++)
+	  return 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_subset_p (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+  
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++, srcp++)
+      if (*dstp != (*srcp | *dstp))
+	  return 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_disjoint_p (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      if (*srcp++ & *dstp++)
+	  return 0;
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_and (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = *src1p++ & *src2p++;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_and_cmp (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ & *src2p++;
+      
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+	{
+	  changed = 1;
+	  *dstp = tmp;
+	}
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_andn (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = *src1p++ & ~(*src2p++);
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_andn_cmp (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+  
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ & ~(*src2p++);
+      
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+	{
+	  changed = 1;
+	  *dstp = tmp;
+	}
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_or (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = *src1p++ | *src2p++;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_or_cmp (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ | *src2p++;
+      
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+	{
+	  changed = 1;
+	  *dstp = tmp;
+	}
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_xor (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = *src1p++ ^ *src2p++;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_xor_cmp (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ ^ *src2p++;
+      
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+	{
+	  changed = 1;
+	  *dstp = tmp;
+	}
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_and_or (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+  
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = (*src1p++ & *src2p++) | *src3p++;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_and_or_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+  
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = (*src1p++ & *src2p++) | *src3p++;
+      
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+	{
+	  changed = 1;
+	  *dstp = tmp;
+	}
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_andn_or (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+  
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = (*src1p++ & ~(*src2p++)) | *src3p++;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_andn_or_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+  
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = (*src1p++ & ~(*src2p++)) | *src3p++;
+      
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+	{
+	  changed = 1;
+	  *dstp = tmp;
+	}
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_or_and (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+  
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = (*src1p++ | *src2p++) & *src3p++;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_or_and_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+  
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = (*src1p++ | *src2p++) & *src3p++;
+      
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+	{
+	  changed = 1;
+	  *dstp = tmp;
+	}
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_copy (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  if (BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (dst, src))
+      abitset_copy1 (dst, src);
+  else
+      bitset_copy_ (dst, src);
+}
+
+
+/* Vector of operations for single word bitsets.  */
+struct bitset_vtable abitset_small_vtable = {
+  abitset_set,
+  abitset_reset,
+  bitset_toggle_,
+  abitset_test,
+  abitset_size,
+  bitset_count_,
+  abitset_empty_p,
+  abitset_ones,
+  abitset_zero,
+  abitset_copy,
+  abitset_disjoint_p,
+  abitset_equal_p,
+  abitset_not,
+  abitset_subset_p,
+  abitset_and,
+  abitset_and_cmp,
+  abitset_andn,
+  abitset_andn_cmp,
+  abitset_or,
+  abitset_or_cmp,
+  abitset_xor,
+  abitset_xor_cmp,
+  abitset_and_or,
+  abitset_and_or_cmp,
+  abitset_andn_or,
+  abitset_andn_or_cmp,
+  abitset_or_and,
+  abitset_or_and_cmp,
+  abitset_small_list,
+  abitset_list_reverse,
+  NULL,
+  BITSET_ARRAY
+};
+
+
+/* Vector of operations for multiple word bitsets.  */
+struct bitset_vtable abitset_vtable = {
+  abitset_set,
+  abitset_reset,
+  bitset_toggle_,
+  abitset_test,
+  abitset_size,
+  bitset_count_,
+  abitset_empty_p,
+  abitset_ones,
+  abitset_zero,
+  abitset_copy,
+  abitset_disjoint_p,
+  abitset_equal_p,
+  abitset_not,
+  abitset_subset_p,
+  abitset_and,
+  abitset_and_cmp,
+  abitset_andn,
+  abitset_andn_cmp,
+  abitset_or,
+  abitset_or_cmp,
+  abitset_xor,
+  abitset_xor_cmp,
+  abitset_and_or,
+  abitset_and_or_cmp,
+  abitset_andn_or,
+  abitset_andn_or_cmp,
+  abitset_or_and,
+  abitset_or_and_cmp,
+  abitset_list,
+  abitset_list_reverse,
+  NULL,
+  BITSET_ARRAY
+};
+
+
+size_t
+abitset_bytes (n_bits)
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+{
+  bitset_windex size;
+  size_t bytes;
+  size_t header_size = offsetof (union bitset_union, a.words);
+  struct bitset_align_struct { char a; union bitset_union b; };
+  size_t bitset_alignment = offsetof (struct bitset_align_struct, b);
+
+  size = ABITSET_N_WORDS (n_bits);
+  bytes = header_size + size * sizeof (bitset_word);
+
+  /* Align the size properly for a vector of abitset objects.  */
+  if (header_size % bitset_alignment != 0
+      || sizeof (bitset_word) % bitset_alignment != 0)
+    {
+      bytes += bitset_alignment - 1;
+      bytes -= bytes % bitset_alignment;
+    }
+
+  return bytes;
+}
+
+
+bitset
+abitset_init (bset, n_bits)
+     bitset bset;
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+{
+  bitset_windex size;
+
+  size = ABITSET_N_WORDS (n_bits);
+  ABITSET_N_BITS (bset) = n_bits;
+
+  /* Use optimized routines if bitset fits within a single word.
+     There is probably little merit if using caching since
+     the small bitset will always fit in the cache.  */
+  if (size == 1)
+    bset->b.vtable = &abitset_small_vtable;
+  else
+    bset->b.vtable = &abitset_vtable;
+
+  bset->b.cindex = 0;
+  bset->b.csize = size;
+  bset->b.cdata = ABITSET_WORDS (bset);
+  return bset;
+}

lib/abitset.h

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Functions to support abitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _ABITSET_H
+#define _ABITSET_H 
+
+#include "bitset.h"
+
+extern size_t abitset_bytes PARAMS ((bitset_bindex));
+
+extern bitset abitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+#endif

lib/alloca.c

@@ -22,18 +22,18 @@
    your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
-#include <string.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
 #endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#include <stdlib.h>
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef emacs
-#include "blockinput.h"
+# include "blockinput.h"
 #endif
 
 /* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed.  */
@@ -41,41 +41,41 @@
 
 /* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
    there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work.  */
-#ifndef alloca
+# ifndef alloca
 
-#ifdef emacs
-#ifdef static
+#  ifdef emacs
+#   ifdef static
 /* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
    -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
    in order to make unexec workable
    */
-#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+#    ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
 you
 lose
 -- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
-#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
-#endif /* static */
-#endif /* emacs */
+#    endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
+#   endif /* static */
+#  endif /* emacs */
 
 /* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
    provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro.  */
 
-#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
 long i00afunc ();
-#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
-#else
-#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
-#endif
+#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
+#  else
+#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
+#  endif
 
-#if __STDC__
+#  if __STDC__
 typedef void *pointer;
-#else
+#  else
 typedef char *pointer;
-#endif
+#  endif
 
-#ifndef NULL
-#define	NULL	0
-#endif
+#  ifndef NULL
+#   define NULL 0
+#  endif
 
 /* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
    malloc.  The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
@@ -83,13 +83,14 @@ typedef char *pointer;
    hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
    them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
 
-   Non-Emacs programs expect this to call use xmalloc.
+   Non-Emacs programs expect this to call xmalloc.
 
    Callers below should use malloc.  */
 
-#ifndef emacs
-#define malloc xmalloc
-#endif
+#  ifndef emacs
+#   undef malloc
+#   define malloc xmalloc
+#  endif
 extern pointer malloc ();
 
 /* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
@@ -100,18 +101,18 @@ extern pointer malloc ();
    STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
    STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown  */
 
-#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
-#define	STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
-#endif
+#  ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+#   define STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
+#  endif
 
-#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
 
-#define	STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
+#   define STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
 
-#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
+#  else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
 
 static int stack_dir;		/* 1 or -1 once known.  */
-#define	STACK_DIR	stack_dir
+#   define STACK_DIR	stack_dir
 
 static void
 find_stack_direction ()
@@ -135,7 +136,7 @@ find_stack_direction ()
     }
 }
 
-#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
+#  endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
 
 /* An "alloca header" is used to:
    (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
@@ -144,9 +145,9 @@ find_stack_direction ()
    It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
    alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.  */
 
-#ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
-#define	ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
-#endif
+#  ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
+#   define ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
+#  endif
 
 typedef union hdr
 {
@@ -168,16 +169,15 @@ static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
    implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */
 
 pointer
-alloca (size)
-     unsigned size;
+alloca (size_t size)
 {
   auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
   register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
 
-#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
   if (STACK_DIR == 0)		/* Unknown growth direction.  */
     find_stack_direction ();
-#endif
+#  endif
 
   /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
      was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently.  */
@@ -185,9 +185,9 @@ alloca (size)
   {
     register header *hp;	/* Traverses linked list.  */
 
-#ifdef emacs
+#  ifdef emacs
     BLOCK_INPUT;
-#endif
+#  endif
 
     for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
       if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
@@ -204,9 +204,9 @@ alloca (size)
 
     last_alloca_header = hp;	/* -> last valid storage.  */
 
-#ifdef emacs
+#  ifdef emacs
     UNBLOCK_INPUT;
-#endif
+#  endif
   }
 
   if (size == 0)
@@ -232,15 +232,15 @@ alloca (size)
   }
 }
 
-#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
 
-#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
-#include <stdio.h>
-#endif
+#   ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#    include <stdio.h>
+#   endif
 
-#ifndef CRAY_STACK
-#define CRAY_STACK
-#ifndef CRAY2
+#   ifndef CRAY_STACK
+#    define CRAY_STACK
+#    ifndef CRAY2
 /* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
 struct stack_control_header
   {
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ struct stack_segment_linkage
     long sss7;
   };
 
-#else /* CRAY2 */
+#    else /* CRAY2 */
 /* The following structure defines the vector of words
    returned by the STKSTAT library routine.  */
 struct stk_stat
@@ -345,10 +345,10 @@ struct stk_trailer
     long unknown14;
   };
 
-#endif /* CRAY2 */
-#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
+#    endif /* CRAY2 */
+#   endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
 
-#ifdef CRAY2
+#   ifdef CRAY2
 /* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
    I doubt that "lint" will like this much.  */
 
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ i00afunc (long *address)
   return (result);
 }
 
-#else /* not CRAY2 */
+#   else /* not CRAY2 */
 /* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
    Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
    given the address of the cell.  The purpose of this
@@ -464,9 +464,9 @@ i00afunc (long address)
 
   while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
     {
-#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
       fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
-#endif
+#    endif
       if (pseg == 0)
 	break;
       stkl = stkl - pseg;
@@ -485,9 +485,9 @@ i00afunc (long address)
 
   while (pseg != 0)
     {
-#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
       fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
-#endif
+#    endif
       stkl = stkl - pseg;
       ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
       size = ssptr->sssize;
@@ -497,8 +497,8 @@ i00afunc (long address)
   return (result);
 }
 
-#endif /* not CRAY2 */
-#endif /* CRAY */
+#   endif /* not CRAY2 */
+#  endif /* CRAY */
 
-#endif /* no alloca */
+# endif /* no alloca */
 #endif /* not GCC version 2 */

lib/argmatch.c

@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+/* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <[email protected]> */
+
+#include "argmatch.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "quotearg.h"
+#include "quote.h"
+
+/* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
+   by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE.  Do not use
+   literal_quoting_style.  */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE
+# define ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE locale_quoting_style
+#endif
+
+/* The following test is to work around the gross typo in
+   systems like Sony NEWS-OS Release 4.0C, whereby EXIT_FAILURE
+   is defined to 0, not 1.  */
+#if !EXIT_FAILURE
+# undef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+/* Non failing version of argmatch call this function after failing. */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_DIE
+# define ARGMATCH_DIE exit (EXIT_FAILURE)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
+ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL;
+#endif
+
+static void
+__argmatch_die (void)
+{
+  ARGMATCH_DIE;
+}
+
+/* Used by XARGMATCH and XARGCASEMATCH.  See description in argmatch.h.
+   Default to __argmatch_die, but allow caller to change this at run-time. */
+argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die = __argmatch_die;
+
+
+/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
+   null-terminated array ARGLIST, return the index in ARGLIST
+   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
+   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).
+   If SENSITIVE, comparison is case sensitive.
+
+   If VALLIST is none null, use it to resolve ambiguities limited to
+   synonyms, i.e., for
+     "yes", "yop" -> 0
+     "no", "nope" -> 1
+   "y" is a valid argument, for `0', and "n" for `1'.  */
+
+static int
+__argmatch_internal (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+		     const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+		     int case_sensitive)
+{
+  int i;			/* Temporary index in ARGLIST.  */
+  size_t arglen;		/* Length of ARG.  */
+  int matchind = -1;		/* Index of first nonexact match.  */
+  int ambiguous = 0;		/* If nonzero, multiple nonexact match(es).  */
+
+  arglen = strlen (arg);
+
+  /* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches.  */
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    {
+      if (case_sensitive
+	  ? !strncmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen)
+	  : !strncasecmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen))
+	{
+	  if (strlen (arglist[i]) == arglen)
+	    /* Exact match found.  */
+	    return i;
+	  else if (matchind == -1)
+	    /* First nonexact match found.  */
+	    matchind = i;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Second nonexact match found.  */
+	      if (vallist == NULL
+		  || memcmp (vallist + valsize * matchind,
+			     vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+		{
+		  /* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not
+		     disambiguate. */
+		  ambiguous = 1;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  if (ambiguous)
+    return -2;
+  else
+    return matchind;
+}
+
+/* argmatch - case sensitive version */
+int
+argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	  const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 1);
+}
+
+/* argcasematch - case insensitive version */
+int
+argcasematch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 0);
+}
+
+/* Error reporting for argmatch.
+   CONTEXT is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
+   VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
+   PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch.  */
+
+void
+argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, int problem)
+{
+  char const *format = (problem == -1
+			? _("invalid argument %s for %s")
+			: _("ambiguous argument %s for %s"));
+
+  error (0, 0, format, quotearg_n_style (0, ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE, value),
+	 quote_n (1, context));
+}
+
+/* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
+   ARGLIST is the same as in argmatch.
+   VALLIST is a pointer to an array of values.
+   VALSIZE is the size of the elements of VALLIST */
+void
+argmatch_valid (const char *const *arglist,
+		const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  int i;
+  const char *last_val = NULL;
+
+  /* We try to put synonyms on the same line.  The assumption is that
+     synonyms follow each other */
+  fprintf (stderr, _("Valid arguments are:"));
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if ((i == 0)
+	|| memcmp (last_val, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      {
+	fprintf (stderr, "\n  - `%s'", arglist[i]);
+	last_val = vallist + valsize * i;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+	fprintf (stderr, ", `%s'", arglist[i]);
+      }
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+}
+
+/* Never failing versions of the previous functions.
+
+   CONTEXT is the context for which argmatch is called (e.g.,
+   "--version-control", or "$VERSION_CONTROL" etc.).  Upon failure,
+   calls the (supposed never to return) function EXIT_FN. */
+
+int
+__xargmatch_internal (const char *context,
+		      const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+		      int case_sensitive,
+		      argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn)
+{
+  int res = __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist,
+				 vallist, valsize,
+				 case_sensitive);
+  if (res >= 0)
+    /* Success. */
+    return res;
+
+  /* We failed.  Explain why. */
+  argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);
+  argmatch_valid (arglist, vallist, valsize);
+  (*exit_fn) ();
+
+  return -1; /* To please the compilers. */
+}
+
+/* Look for VALUE in VALLIST, an array of objects of size VALSIZE and
+   return the first corresponding argument in ARGLIST */
+const char *
+argmatch_to_argument (const char *value,
+		      const char *const *arglist,
+		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if (!memcmp (value, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      return arglist[i];
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+/*
+ * Based on "getversion.c" by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>
+ */
+char *program_name;
+extern const char *getenv ();
+
+/* When to make backup files.  */
+enum backup_type
+{
+  /* Never make backups.  */
+  none,
+
+  /* Make simple backups of every file.  */
+  simple,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
+     and simple backups of the others.  */
+  numbered_existing,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of every file.  */
+  numbered
+};
+
+/* Two tables describing arguments (keys) and their corresponding
+   values */
+static const char *const backup_args[] =
+{
+  "no", "none", "off",
+  "simple", "never",
+  "existing", "nil",
+  "numbered", "t",
+  0
+};
+
+static const enum backup_type backup_vals[] =
+{
+  none, none, none,
+  simple, simple,
+  numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
+  numbered, numbered
+};
+
+int
+main (int argc, const char *const *argv)
+{
+  const char *cp;
+  enum backup_type backup_type = none;
+
+  program_name = (char *) argv[0];
+
+  if (argc > 2)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [VERSION_CONTROL]\n", program_name);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+
+  if ((cp = getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL")))
+    backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH ("$VERSION_CONTROL", cp,
+				 backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  if (argc == 2)
+    backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH (program_name, argv[1],
+				 backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  printf ("The version control is `%s'\n",
+	  ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT (backup_type, backup_args, backup_vals));
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif

lib/argmatch.h

@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/* argmatch.h -- definitions and prototypes for argmatch.c
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <[email protected]> */
+
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_H_
+# define ARGMATCH_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if PROTOTYPES || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(args) args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(args) ()
+#  endif  /* GCC.  */
+# endif  /* Not PARAMS.  */
+
+/* Assert there are as many real arguments as there are values
+   (argument list ends with a NULL guard).  There is no execution
+   cost, since it will be statically evalauted to `assert (0)' or
+   `assert (1)'.  Unfortunately there is no -Wassert-0. */
+
+# undef ARRAY_CARDINALITY
+# define ARRAY_CARDINALITY(Array) (sizeof ((Array)) / sizeof (*(Array)))
+
+# define ARGMATCH_ASSERT(Arglist, Vallist)      \
+  assert (ARRAY_CARDINALITY ((Arglist)) == ARRAY_CARDINALITY ((Vallist)) + 1)
+
+/* Return the index of the element of ARGLIST (NULL terminated) that
+   matches with ARG.  If VALLIST is not NULL, then use it to resolve
+   false ambiguities (i.e., different matches of ARG but corresponding
+   to the same values in VALLIST).  */
+
+int argmatch
+  PARAMS ((const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+int argcasematch
+  PARAMS ((const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch ((Arg), (Arglist), (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+# define ARGCASEMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argcasematch ((Arg), (Arglist), (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+/* xargmatch calls this function when it fails.  This function should not
+   return.  By default, this is a function that calls ARGMATCH_DIE which
+   in turn defaults to `exit (EXIT_FAILURE)'.  */
+typedef void (*argmatch_exit_fn) PARAMS ((void));
+extern argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die;
+
+/* Report on stderr why argmatch failed.  Report correct values. */
+
+void argmatch_invalid
+  PARAMS ((const char *context, const char *value, int problem));
+
+/* Left for compatibility with the old name invalid_arg */
+
+# define invalid_arg(Context, Value, Problem) \
+  argmatch_invalid ((Context), (Value), (Problem))
+
+
+
+/* Report on stderr the list of possible arguments.  */
+
+void argmatch_valid
+  PARAMS ((const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH_VALID(Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch_valid (Arglist, (const char *) Vallist, sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+
+
+/* Same as argmatch, but upon failure, reports a explanation on the
+   failure, and exits using the function EXIT_FN. */
+
+int __xargmatch_internal
+  PARAMS ((const char *context,
+	   const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+	   int case_sensitive, argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn));
+
+/* Programmer friendly interface to __xargmatch_internal. */
+
+# define XARGMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)			\
+  (Vallist [__xargmatch_internal ((Context), (Arg), (Arglist),	\
+                                  (const char *) (Vallist),	\
+				  sizeof (*(Vallist)),		\
+				  1, argmatch_die)])
+
+# define XARGCASEMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)		\
+  (Vallist [__xargmatch_internal ((Context), (Arg), (Arglist),	\
+                                  (const char *) (Vallist),	\
+				  sizeof (*(Vallist)),		\
+				  0, argmatch_die)])
+
+/* Convert a value into a corresponding argument. */
+
+const char *argmatch_to_argument
+  PARAMS ((char const *value, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT(Value, Arglist, Vallist)			\
+  argmatch_to_argument ((Value), (Arglist), 		\
+		        (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+#endif /* ARGMATCH_H_ */

lib/basename.c

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+/* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
+   since it has different meanings in different environments.
+   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
+
+   Return the address of the last file name component of NAME.  If
+   NAME has no file name components because it is all slashes, return
+   NAME if it is empty, the address of its last slash otherwise.  */
+
+char *
+base_name (char const *name)
+{
+  char const *base = name + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+  char const *p;
+
+  for (p = base; *p; p++)
+    {
+      if (ISSLASH (*p))
+	{
+	  /* Treat multiple adjacent slashes like a single slash.  */
+	  do p++;
+	  while (ISSLASH (*p));
+
+	  /* If the file name ends in slash, use the trailing slash as
+	     the basename if no non-slashes have been found.  */
+	  if (! *p)
+	    {
+	      if (ISSLASH (*base))
+		base = p - 1;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* *P is a non-slash preceded by a slash.  */
+	  base = p;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return (char *) base;
+}
+
+/* Return the length of of the basename NAME.  Typically NAME is the
+   value returned by base_name.  Act like strlen (NAME), except omit
+   redundant trailing slashes.  */
+
+size_t
+base_len (char const *name)
+{
+  size_t len;
+
+  for (len = strlen (name);  1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]);  len--)
+    continue;
+
+  return len;
+}

lib/bbitset.h

@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+/* Base bitset stuff.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _BBITSET_H
+#define _BBITSET_H
+
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+#include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Use the following types for function parameters where the
+   corresponding enum would be the correct type if we could use
+   prototyped function definitions.  Standard C says that one cannot
+   portably use an enum as a parameter of an old-style function
+   definition that is also declared with a prototype.  */
+
+typedef int enum_bitset_ops;
+typedef int enum_bitset_type;
+
+/* Currently we support three flavours of bitsets:
+   BITSET_ARRAY:  Array of bits (fixed size, fast for dense bitsets).
+   BITSET_LIST:   Linked list of array of bits (variable size, least storage
+                  for large very sparse sets). 
+   BITSET_TABLE:  Expandable table of pointers to array of bits 
+                  (variable size, less storage for large sparse sets). 
+
+   BITSET_STATS:  Wrapper bitset for internal use only.
+*/
+enum bitset_type {BITSET_ARRAY, BITSET_LIST, BITSET_TABLE, BITSET_TYPE_NUM,
+		  BITSET_STATS};
+#define BITSET_TYPE_NAMES {"abitset", "lbitset", "ebitset"}
+
+extern const char * const bitset_type_names[];
+
+enum bitset_alloc_type {BITSET_MALLOC, BITSET_OBALLOC};
+
+/* Non-zero to use inline functions instead of macros.  */
+#define BITSET_INLINE 0
+
+/* Data type used to store a word of bits.  */
+typedef unsigned long bitset_word;
+#define BITSET_WORD_BITS ((unsigned) (CHAR_BIT * sizeof (bitset_word)))
+
+/* Bit index.  In theory we might need a type wider than size_t, but
+   in practice we lose at most a factor of CHAR_BIT by going with
+   size_t, and that is good enough.  If this type is changed to be
+   wider than size_t, the code needs to be modified to check for
+   overflow when converting bit counts to byte or word counts.
+   The bit and word index types must be unsigned.  */
+typedef size_t bitset_bindex;
+
+/* Word index.  */
+typedef size_t bitset_windex;
+
+/* Maximum values for commonly-used unsigned types.  BITSET_SIZE_MAX
+   always equals SIZE_MAX, but some older systems lack SIZE_MAX.  */
+#define BITSET_BINDEX_MAX ((bitset_bindex) -1)
+
+/* Limit max word index to the maximum value of a signed integer
+   to simplify cache disabling.  */
+#define BITSET_WINDEX_MAX (((bitset_windex) -1) >> 1)
+#define BITSET_SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+
+#define BITSET_MSB ((bitset_word) 1 << (BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1))
+
+#define BITSET_LIST_SIZE 1024
+
+enum bitset_ops {BITSET_OP_ZERO, BITSET_OP_ONES, 
+		 BITSET_OP_COPY, BITSET_OP_NOT, 
+		 BITSET_OP_EMPTY_P, BITSET_OP_EQUAL_P,
+		 BITSET_OP_SUBSET_P, BITSET_OP_DISJOINT_P,
+		 BITSET_OP_AND, BITSET_OP_OR, BITSET_OP_XOR, BITSET_OP_ANDN, 
+		 BITSET_OP_OR_AND, BITSET_OP_AND_OR, BITSET_OP_ANDN_OR};
+
+struct bbitset_struct
+{
+  const struct bitset_vtable * vtable;
+  bitset_windex cindex;		/* Cache word index.  */
+  bitset_windex csize;		/* Cache size in words.  */
+  bitset_word *cdata;		/* Cache data pointer.  */
+  /* Perhaps we could sacrifice another word to indicate
+     that the bitset is known to be zero, that a bit has been set
+     in the cache, and that a bit has been cleared in the cache.
+     This would speed up some of the searches but slightly slow down
+     bit set/reset operations of cached bits.  */
+};
+
+
+typedef union bitset_union *bitset;
+
+
+/* The contents of this structure should be considered private.  */
+struct bitset_vtable
+{
+  void (*set) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+  void (*reset) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+  int (*toggle) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+  int (*test) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+  bitset_bindex (*size) PARAMS ((bitset));
+  bitset_bindex (*count) PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+  int (*empty_p) PARAMS ((bitset));
+  void (*ones) PARAMS ((bitset));
+  void (*zero) PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+  void (*copy) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+  int (*disjoint_p) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+  int (*equal_p) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+  void (*not) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+  int (*subset_p) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+
+  void (*and) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  int (*and_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  void (*andn) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  int (*andn_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  void (*or) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  int (*or_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  void (*xor) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  int (*xor_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+  void (*and_or) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  int (*and_or_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  void (*andn_or) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  int (*andn_or_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  void (*or_and) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  int (*or_and_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+  bitset_bindex (*list) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex *,
+				 bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex *));
+  bitset_bindex (*list_reverse) PARAMS ((bitset,
+					 bitset_bindex *, bitset_bindex,
+					 bitset_bindex *));
+  void (*free) PARAMS ((bitset));
+  enum bitset_type type;
+};
+
+#define BITSET_COMPATIBLE_(BSET1, BSET2) ((BSET1)->b.vtable == (BSET2)->b.vtable)
+
+#define BITSET_CHECK2_(DST, SRC) \
+if (!BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC)) abort ();
+
+#define BITSET_CHECK3_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) \
+if (!BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC1) \
+    || !BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC2)) abort ();
+
+#define BITSET_CHECK4_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+if (!BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC1) || !BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC2) \
+    || !BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC3)) abort ();
+
+
+/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_SIZE_(SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->size (SRC) 
+
+/* Return number of bits set in bitset SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_COUNT_(SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->count (SRC) 
+
+/* Return type of bitset SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_TYPE_(DST) (DST)->b.vtable->type 
+
+/* Set bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+#define BITSET_SET_(DST, BITNO) (DST)->b.vtable->set (DST, BITNO) 
+
+/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+#define BITSET_RESET_(DST, BITNO) (DST)->b.vtable->reset (DST, BITNO) 
+
+/* Toggle bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+#define BITSET_TOGGLE_(DST, BITNO) (DST)->b.vtable->toggle (DST, BITNO) 
+
+/* Return non-zero if bit BITNO in bitset SRC is set.  */
+#define BITSET_TEST_(SRC, BITNO) (SRC)->b.vtable->test (SRC, BITNO) 
+
+/* Free bitset SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_FREE_(SRC)\
+ ((SRC)->b.vtable->free ? (SRC)->b.vtable->free (SRC) :(void)0)
+
+
+/* Return SRC == 0.  */
+#define BITSET_EMPTY_P_(SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->empty_p (SRC)
+
+/* DST = ~0.  */
+#define BITSET_ONES_(DST) (DST)->b.vtable->ones (DST)
+
+/* DST = 0.  */
+#define BITSET_ZERO_(DST) (DST)->b.vtable->zero (DST)
+
+
+
+/* DST = SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_COPY_(DST, SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->copy (DST, SRC)
+
+/* Return DST & SRC == 0.  */
+#define BITSET_DISJOINT_P_(DST, SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->disjoint_p (DST, SRC)
+
+/* Return DST == SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_EQUAL_P_(DST, SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->equal_p (DST, SRC)
+
+/* DST = ~SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_NOT_(DST, SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->not (DST, SRC)
+
+/* Return DST == DST | SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_SUBSET_P_(DST, SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->subset_p (DST, SRC)
+
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_AND_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->and (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+#define BITSET_AND_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->and_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & ~SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_ANDN_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->andn (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+#define BITSET_ANDN_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->andn_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 | SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_OR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->or (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+#define BITSET_OR_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->or_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 ^ SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_XOR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->xor (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+#define BITSET_XOR_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->xor_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define BITSET_AND_OR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ (SRC1)->b.vtable->and_or (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+#define BITSET_AND_OR_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ (SRC1)->b.vtable->and_or_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define BITSET_ANDN_OR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ (SRC1)->b.vtable->andn_or (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+#define BITSET_ANDN_OR_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ (SRC1)->b.vtable->andn_or_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
+#define BITSET_OR_AND_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ (SRC1)->b.vtable->or_and (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+#define BITSET_OR_AND_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ (SRC1)->b.vtable->or_and_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including 
+   *NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with *NEXT
+   indicating where search stopped.  */
+#define BITSET_LIST_(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
+ (BSET)->b.vtable->list (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) 
+
+/* Find reverse list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and
+   including NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with
+   *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+#define BITSET_LIST_REVERSE_(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
+ (BSET)->b.vtable->list_reverse (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) 
+
+
+/* Private functions for bitset implementations.  */
+ 
+extern int bitset_toggle_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_count_ PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+extern int bitset_copy_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+
+extern void bitset_and_or_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+extern int bitset_and_or_cmp_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+extern void bitset_andn_or_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+extern int bitset_andn_or_cmp_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+extern void bitset_or_and_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+extern int bitset_or_and_cmp_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+#endif /* _BBITSET_H  */

lib/bitset.c

@@ -0,0 +1,546 @@
+/* General bitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "bitset.h"
+#include "abitset.h"
+#include "lbitset.h"
+#include "ebitset.h"
+#include "bitset_stats.h"
+#include "obstack.h"
+
+const char * const bitset_type_names[] = BITSET_TYPE_NAMES;
+
+static void bitset_print PARAMS ((FILE *, bitset, int));
+static int bitset_op4_cmp PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset, int));
+
+
+/* Return number of bytes required to create a N_BIT bitset
+   of TYPE.  The bitset may grow to require more bytes than this.  */
+size_t
+bitset_bytes (type, n_bits)
+     enum_bitset_type type;
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+{
+  size_t bytes;
+
+  if (bitset_stats_enabled)
+    return bitset_stats_bytes ();
+
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case BITSET_ARRAY:
+      bytes = abitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_LIST:
+      bytes = lbitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_TABLE:
+      bytes = ebitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  return bytes;
+}
+
+
+/* Initialise bitset BSET of TYPE for N_BITS.  */
+bitset
+bitset_init (bset, n_bits, type)
+     bitset bset;
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+     enum_bitset_type type;
+{
+  if (bitset_stats_enabled)
+    return bitset_stats_init (bset, n_bits, type);
+  
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case BITSET_ARRAY:
+      return abitset_init (bset, n_bits);
+
+    case BITSET_LIST:
+      return lbitset_init (bset, n_bits);
+
+    case BITSET_TABLE:
+      return ebitset_init (bset, n_bits);
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Select a bitset type for a set of N_BITS and with attribute hints
+   specified by ATTR.  For variable size bitsets, N_BITS is only a
+   hint and may be zero.  */
+enum bitset_type
+bitset_type_choose (n_bits, attr)
+     bitset_bindex n_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     unsigned int attr;
+{
+  enum bitset_type type;
+
+  /* Check attributes.  */
+  if (attr & BITSET_FIXED && attr & BITSET_VARIABLE)
+    abort ();
+  if (attr & BITSET_SPARSE && attr & BITSET_DENSE)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* Choose the type of bitset. Note that sometimes we will be asked
+  for a zero length fixed size bitset.  */
+
+  type = BITSET_ARRAY;
+  /* Currently, the simple bitsets do not support a variable size.  */
+  if (attr & BITSET_VARIABLE || attr & BITSET_SPARSE)
+    {
+      type = BITSET_LIST;
+      if (attr & BITSET_DENSE || attr & BITSET_GREEDY)
+	type = BITSET_TABLE;
+    }
+
+  return type;
+}
+
+
+/* Create a bitset of N_BITS of type TYPE.  */
+bitset
+bitset_alloc (n_bits, type)
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+     enum_bitset_type type;
+{
+  size_t bytes;
+  bitset bset;
+
+  bytes = bitset_bytes (type, n_bits);
+
+  bset = (bitset) xcalloc (1, bytes);
+
+  /* The cache is disabled until some elements are allocated.  If we
+     have variable length arrays, then we may need to allocate a dummy
+     element.  */
+
+  return bitset_init (bset, n_bits, type);
+}
+
+
+/* Create a bitset of N_BITS of type TYPE.  */
+bitset
+bitset_obstack_alloc (bobstack, n_bits, type)
+     struct obstack *bobstack;
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+     enum_bitset_type type;
+{
+  size_t bytes;
+  bitset bset;
+
+  bytes = bitset_bytes (type, n_bits);
+
+  bset = obstack_alloc (bobstack, bytes);
+  memset (bset, 0, bytes);
+
+  return bitset_init (bset, n_bits, type);
+}
+
+
+/* Create a bitset of N_BITS and with attribute hints specified by
+   ATTR.  */
+bitset
+bitset_create (n_bits, attr)
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+     unsigned int attr;
+{
+  enum bitset_type type;
+
+  type = bitset_type_choose (n_bits, attr);
+
+  return bitset_alloc (n_bits, type);
+}
+
+
+/* Free bitset BSET.  */
+void
+bitset_free (bset)
+     bitset bset;
+{
+  BITSET_FREE_ (bset);
+  free (bset);
+}
+
+
+/* Free bitset BSET allocated on obstack.  */
+void
+bitset_obstack_free (bset)
+     bitset bset;
+{
+  BITSET_FREE_ (bset);
+}
+
+
+/* Return bitset type.  */
+enum bitset_type
+bitset_type_get (bset)
+   bitset bset;
+{
+   enum bitset_type type;
+
+   type = BITSET_TYPE_ (bset);
+   if (type != BITSET_STATS)
+      return type;
+   
+   return bitset_stats_type_get (bset);
+}
+
+
+/* Return name of bitset type.  */
+const char *
+bitset_type_name_get (bset)
+     bitset bset;
+{
+  enum bitset_type type;
+
+  type = bitset_type_get (bset);
+
+  return bitset_type_names[type];
+}
+
+
+/* Find next bit set in SRC starting from and including BITNO.
+   Return BITSET_BINDEX_MAX if SRC empty.  */
+bitset_bindex
+bitset_next (src, bitno)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset_bindex val;
+  bitset_bindex next = bitno;
+
+  if (!bitset_list (src, &val, 1, &next))
+    return BITSET_BINDEX_MAX;
+  return val;
+}
+
+
+/* Find previous bit set in SRC starting from and including BITNO.
+   Return BITSET_BINDEX_MAX if SRC empty.  */
+bitset_bindex
+bitset_prev (src, bitno)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset_bindex val;
+  bitset_bindex next = bitno;
+
+  if (!bitset_list_reverse (src, &val, 1, &next))
+    return BITSET_BINDEX_MAX;
+  return val;
+}
+
+
+/* Find first set bit.   */
+bitset_bindex
+bitset_first (src)
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return bitset_next (src, 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Find last set bit.   */
+bitset_bindex
+bitset_last (src)
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return bitset_prev (src, 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Return non-zero if BITNO in SRC is the only set bit.  */
+int
+bitset_only_set_p (src, bitno)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset_bindex val[2];
+  bitset_bindex next = 0;
+
+  if (bitset_list (src, val, 2, &next) != 1)
+    return 0;
+  return val[0] == bitno;
+}
+
+
+/* Print contents of bitset BSET to FILE.   */
+static void
+bitset_print (file, bset, verbose)
+     FILE *file;
+     bitset bset;
+     int verbose;
+{
+  unsigned int pos;
+  bitset_bindex i;
+  bitset_iterator iter;
+
+  if (verbose)
+    fprintf (file, "n_bits = %lu, set = {",
+	     (unsigned long) bitset_size (bset));
+
+  pos = 30;
+  BITSET_FOR_EACH (iter, bset, i, 0)
+  {
+    if (pos > 70)
+      {
+	fprintf (file, "\n");
+	pos = 0;
+      }
+
+    fprintf (file, "%d ", i);
+    pos += 1 + (i >= 10) + (i >= 100);
+  };
+
+  if (verbose)
+    fprintf (file, "}\n");
+}
+
+
+/* Dump bitset BSET to FILE.  */
+void
+bitset_dump (file, bset)
+     FILE *file;
+     bitset bset;
+{
+  bitset_print (file, bset, 0);
+}
+
+
+
+/* Release memory associated with bitsets.  */
+void
+bitset_release_memory ()
+{
+  lbitset_release_memory ();
+  ebitset_release_memory ();
+}
+
+
+
+/* Toggle bit BITNO in bitset BSET and return non-zero if not set.  */
+int
+bitset_toggle_ (bset, bitno)
+    bitset bset;
+    bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  /* This routine is for completeness.  It could be optimized if
+     required.  */
+  if (bitset_test (bset, bitno))
+    {
+      bitset_reset (bset, bitno);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      bitset_set (bset, bitno);
+      return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Return number of bits set in bitset SRC.  */
+bitset_bindex
+bitset_count_ (src)
+     bitset src;
+{
+  bitset_bindex list[BITSET_LIST_SIZE];
+  bitset_bindex next;
+  bitset_bindex num;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  
+  /* This could be greatly sped up by adding a count method for each
+     bitset implementation that uses a direct technique (based on
+     masks) for counting the number of bits set in a word.  */
+
+  next = 0;
+  for (count = 0; (num = bitset_list (src, list, BITSET_LIST_SIZE, &next));
+       count += num)
+    continue;
+  
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* DST = SRC.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC. 
+   This is a fallback for the case where SRC and DST are different
+   bitset types.  */
+int
+bitset_copy_ (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  bitset_bindex i;
+  bitset_iterator iter;
+
+  /* Convert bitset types.  We assume that the DST bitset
+     is large enough to hold the SRC bitset.  */
+  bitset_zero (dst);
+  BITSET_FOR_EACH (iter, src, i, 0)
+  {
+     bitset_set (dst, i);
+  };
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+/* This is a fallback for implementations that do not support
+   four operand operations.  */
+static inline int
+bitset_op4_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3, op)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+     enum_bitset_ops op;
+{
+  int changed = 0;
+  int stats_enabled_save;
+  bitset tmp;
+
+  /* Create temporary bitset.  */
+  stats_enabled_save = bitset_stats_enabled;
+  bitset_stats_enabled = 0;
+  tmp = bitset_alloc (0, bitset_type_get (dst));
+  bitset_stats_enabled = stats_enabled_save;
+
+  switch (op)
+    {
+    case BITSET_OP_OR_AND:
+      bitset_or (tmp, src1, src2);
+      changed = bitset_and_cmp (dst, src3, tmp);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_AND_OR:
+      bitset_and (tmp, src1, src2);
+      changed = bitset_or_cmp (dst, src3, tmp);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_ANDN_OR:
+      bitset_andn (tmp, src1, src2);
+      changed = bitset_or_cmp (dst, src3, tmp);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  bitset_free (tmp);
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+void
+bitset_and_or_ (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  bitset_and_or_cmp_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+int
+bitset_and_or_cmp_ (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  return bitset_op4_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3, BITSET_OP_AND_OR);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+void
+bitset_andn_or_ (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  bitset_andn_or_cmp_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+int
+bitset_andn_or_cmp_ (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  return bitset_op4_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3, BITSET_OP_ANDN_OR);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
+void
+bitset_or_and_ (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  bitset_or_and_cmp_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
+int
+bitset_or_and_cmp_ (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  return bitset_op4_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3, BITSET_OP_OR_AND);
+}
+
+
+/* Function to be called from debugger to print bitset.  */
+void
+debug_bitset (bset)
+     bitset bset;
+{
+  if (bset)
+    bitset_print (stderr, bset, 1);
+}

lib/bitset.h

@@ -0,0 +1,428 @@
+/* Generic bitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _BITSET_H
+#define _BITSET_H 
+
+/* This file is the public interface to the bitset abstract data type.
+   Only use the functions and macros defined in this file.  */
+
+#include "bbitset.h"
+#include "obstack.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Attributes used to select a bitset implementation.  */
+enum bitset_attr {BITSET_FIXED = 1,    /* Bitset size fixed.  */
+		  BITSET_VARIABLE = 2, /* Bitset size variable.  */
+		  BITSET_DENSE = 4,    /* Bitset dense.  */
+		  BITSET_SPARSE = 8,   /* Bitset sparse.  */
+		  BITSET_FRUGAL = 16,  /* Prefer most compact.  */
+		  BITSET_GREEDY = 32}; /* Prefer fastest at memory expense.  */
+
+typedef unsigned int bitset_attrs;
+
+/* The contents of the union should be considered to be private.
+   While I would like to make this union opaque, it needs to be
+   visible for the inline bit set/test functions, and for delegation
+   to the proper implementation.  */
+union bitset_union
+{
+  /* This must be the first member of every other structure that is a
+     member of this union.  */
+  struct bbitset_struct b;
+
+  struct abitset_struct
+  {
+    struct bbitset_struct b;
+    bitset_bindex n_bits;		/* Number of bits.  */
+    bitset_word words[1];		/* The array of bits.  */
+  } a;
+
+  struct ebitset_struct
+  {
+    struct bbitset_struct b;
+    bitset_windex size;			/* Number of elements.  */
+    struct ebitset_elt_struct **elts;	/* Expanding array of ptrs to elts.  */
+  } e;
+
+  struct lbitset_struct
+  {
+    struct bbitset_struct b;
+    struct lbitset_elt_struct *head;	/* First element in linked list.  */
+    struct lbitset_elt_struct *tail;	/* Last element in linked list.  */
+  } l;
+
+  struct bitset_stats_struct
+  {
+    struct bbitset_struct b;
+    bitset bset;
+  } s;
+};
+
+
+/* The contents of this structure should be considered private.
+   It is used for iterating over set bits.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  bitset_bindex list[BITSET_LIST_SIZE];
+  bitset_bindex next;
+  bitset_bindex num;
+  bitset_bindex i;
+} bitset_iterator;
+
+
+/* Return bytes required for bitset of desired type and size.  */
+extern size_t bitset_bytes PARAMS ((enum_bitset_type, bitset_bindex));
+
+/* Initialise a bitset with desired type and size.  */
+extern bitset bitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex, enum_bitset_type));
+
+/* Select an implementation type based on the desired bitset size
+   and attributes.  */
+extern enum bitset_type bitset_type_choose PARAMS ((bitset_bindex,
+						    bitset_attrs));
+
+/* Create a bitset of desired type and size.  The bitset is zeroed.  */
+extern bitset bitset_alloc PARAMS ((bitset_bindex, enum_bitset_type));
+
+/* Free bitset.  */
+extern void bitset_free PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Create a bitset of desired type and size using an obstack.  The
+   bitset is zeroed.  */
+extern bitset bitset_obstack_alloc PARAMS ((struct obstack *bobstack,
+					    bitset_bindex, enum_bitset_type));
+
+/* Free bitset allocated on obstack.  */
+extern void bitset_obstack_free PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Create a bitset of desired size and attributes.  The bitset is zeroed.  */
+extern bitset bitset_create PARAMS ((bitset_bindex, bitset_attrs));
+
+/* Return bitset type.  */
+extern enum bitset_type bitset_type_get PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Return bitset type name.  */
+extern const char *bitset_type_name_get PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+#if BITSET_INLINE
+static inline void bitset_set PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static inline void bitset_reset PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static inline int bitset_test PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+/* Set bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+static inline void bitset_set (bset, bitno)
+    bitset bset;
+    bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset_windex index = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = index - bset->b.cindex;
+  
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    bset->b.cdata[offset] |= ((bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+  else
+    BITSET_SET_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+static inline void bitset_reset (bset, bitno)
+    bitset bset;
+    bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset_windex index = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = index - bset->b.cindex;
+  
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    bset->b.cdata[offset] &= ~((bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+  else
+    BITSET_RESET_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+/* Test bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+static inline int bitset_test (bset, bitno)
+    bitset bset;
+    bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset_windex index = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = index - bset->b.cindex;
+  
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    return (bset->b.cdata[offset] >> (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS)) & 1;
+  else
+    return BITSET_TEST_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if ! BITSET_INLINE
+
+/* Set bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+#define bitset_set(bset, bitno)					\
+do   								\
+{    								\
+  bitset_bindex _bitno = (bitno);				\
+  bitset_windex _index = _bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS; 		\
+  bitset_windex _offset = _index - (bset)->b.cindex;		\
+  								\
+  if (_offset < (bset)->b.csize)					\
+    (bset)->b.cdata[_offset] |=					\
+      ((bitset_word) 1 << (_bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS)); 	\
+  else  							\
+    BITSET_SET_ ((bset), _bitno);				\
+} while (0)
+
+
+/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+#define bitset_reset(bset, bitno)				\
+do   								\
+{    								\
+  bitset_bindex _bitno = (bitno);				\
+  bitset_windex _index = _bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS; 		\
+  bitset_windex _offset = _index - (bset)->b.cindex;		\
+  								\
+  if (_offset < (bset)->b.csize)				\
+    (bset)->b.cdata[_offset] &=					\
+       ~((bitset_word) 1 << (_bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS)); 	\
+  else  							\
+    BITSET_RESET_ ((bset), _bitno);				\
+} while (0)
+
+
+/* Test bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+#define bitset_test(bset, bitno) \
+(((((bitno) / BITSET_WORD_BITS) - (bset)->b.cindex) < (bset)->b.csize)  \
+  ? ((bset)->b.cdata[(((bitno) / BITSET_WORD_BITS) - (bset)->b.cindex)] \
+     >> ((bitno) % BITSET_WORD_BITS)) & 1 \
+  : (unsigned int) BITSET_TEST_ ((bset), (bitno)))
+#endif
+
+
+/* Toggle bit BITNO in bitset BSET and return non-zero if now set.  */
+#define bitset_toggle(bset, bitno) BITSET_TOGGLE_ (bset, bitno)
+
+/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
+#define bitset_size(SRC) BITSET_SIZE_ (SRC)
+
+/* Return number of bits set in bitset SRC.  */
+#define bitset_count(SRC) BITSET_COUNT_ (SRC)
+
+
+/* Return SRC == 0.  */
+#define bitset_empty_p(SRC) BITSET_EMPTY_P_ (SRC)
+
+/* DST = ~0.  */
+#define bitset_ones(DST) BITSET_ONES_ (DST)
+
+/* DST = 0.  */
+#define bitset_zero(DST) BITSET_ZERO_ (DST)
+
+
+
+/* DST = SRC.  */
+#define bitset_copy(DST, SRC) BITSET_COPY_ (DST, SRC)
+
+/* Return DST & SRC == 0.  */
+#define bitset_disjoint_p(DST, SRC) BITSET_DISJOINT_P_ (DST, SRC)
+
+/* Return DST == SRC.  */
+#define bitset_equal_p(DST, SRC) BITSET_EQUAL_P_ (DST, SRC)
+
+/* DST = ~SRC.  */
+#define bitset_not(DST, SRC) BITSET_NOT_ (DST, SRC)
+
+/* Return DST == DST | SRC.  */
+#define bitset_subset_p(DST, SRC) BITSET_SUBSET_P_ (DST, SRC)
+
+
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_and(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_AND_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 & SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_and_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_AND_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & ~SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_andn(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_ANDN_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & ~SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 & ~SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_andn_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_ANDN_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 | SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_or(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_OR_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 | SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 | SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_or_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_OR_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 ^ SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_xor(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_XOR_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 ^ SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 ^ SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_xor_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_XOR_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define bitset_and_or(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ BITSET_AND_OR_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define bitset_and_or_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ BITSET_AND_OR_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define bitset_andn_or(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ BITSET_ANDN_OR_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define bitset_andn_or_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ BITSET_ANDN_OR_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
+#define bitset_or_and(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)\
+ BITSET_OR_AND_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
+#define bitset_or_and_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)\
+ BITSET_OR_AND_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including 
+   *NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with *NEXT
+   indicating where search stopped.  */
+#define bitset_list(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
+ BITSET_LIST_ (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) 
+
+/* Find reverse list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and
+   including NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with
+   *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+#define bitset_list_reverse(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
+ BITSET_LIST_REVERSE_ (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) 
+
+
+/* Find next set bit.  */
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_next PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+/* Find previous set bit.  */
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_prev PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+/* Find first set bit.  */
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_first PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Find last set bit.  */
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_last PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Return nonzero if this is the only set bit.  */
+extern int bitset_only_set_p PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+/* Dump bitset.  */
+extern void bitset_dump PARAMS ((FILE *, bitset));
+
+/* Loop over all elements of BSET, starting with MIN, setting BIT
+   to the index of each set bit.  For example, the following will print
+   the bits set in a bitset:
+
+   bitset_bindex i;
+   bitset_iterator iter;
+
+   bitset_zero (dst);
+   BITSET_FOR_EACH (iter, src, i, 0)
+   {
+      printf ("%ld ", i);
+   };
+*/
+#define BITSET_FOR_EACH(ITER, BSET, BIT, MIN)				      \
+  for (ITER.next = (MIN), ITER.num = BITSET_LIST_SIZE;			      \
+       (ITER.num == BITSET_LIST_SIZE) 					      \
+       && (ITER.num = bitset_list (BSET, ITER.list, 			      \
+                                   BITSET_LIST_SIZE, &ITER.next));)	      \
+    for (ITER.i = 0; (BIT) = ITER.list[ITER.i], ITER.i < ITER.num; ITER.i++)
+
+
+/* Loop over all elements of BSET, in reverse order starting with
+   MIN,  setting BIT to the index of each set bit. For example, the 
+   following will print the bits set in a bitset in reverse order:
+
+   bitset_bindex i;
+   bitset_iterator iter;
+
+   bitset_zero (dst);
+   BITSET_FOR_EACH_REVERSE (iter, src, i, 0)
+   {
+      printf ("%ld ", i);
+   };
+*/
+#define BITSET_FOR_EACH_REVERSE(ITER, BSET, BIT, MIN)			      \
+  for (ITER.next = (MIN), ITER.num = BITSET_LIST_SIZE;			      \
+       (ITER.num == BITSET_LIST_SIZE) 					      \
+       && (ITER.num = bitset_list_reverse (BSET, ITER.list,		      \
+                                          BITSET_LIST_SIZE, &ITER.next));)    \
+    for (ITER.i = 0; (BIT) = ITER.list[ITER.i], ITER.i < ITER.num; ITER.i++)
+
+
+/* Define set operations in terms of logical operations.  */
+
+#define bitset_diff(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_andn (DST, SRC1, SRC2) 
+#define bitset_diff_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_andn_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2) 
+
+#define bitset_intersection(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_and (DST, SRC1, SRC2) 
+#define bitset_intersection_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_and_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2) 
+
+#define bitset_union(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_or (DST, SRC1, SRC2) 
+#define bitset_union_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_or_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2) 
+
+/* Symmetrical difference.  */
+#define bitset_symdiff(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_xor (DST, SRC1, SRC2) 
+#define bitset_symdiff_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_xor_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2) 
+
+/* Union of difference.  */
+#define bitset_diff_union(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+  bitset_andn_or (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) 
+#define bitset_diff_union_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+  bitset_andn_or_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) 
+
+
+
+/* Release any memory tied up with bitsets.  */
+extern void bitset_release_memory PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Enable bitset stats gathering.  */
+extern void bitset_stats_enable PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Disable bitset stats gathering.  */
+extern void bitset_stats_disable PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Read bitset stats file of accummulated stats.  */
+void bitset_stats_read PARAMS ((const char *filename));
+
+/* Write bitset stats file of accummulated stats.  */
+void bitset_stats_write PARAMS ((const char *filename));
+
+/* Dump bitset stats.  */
+extern void bitset_stats_dump PARAMS ((FILE *));
+
+/* Function to debug bitset from debugger.  */
+extern void debug_bitset PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Function to debug bitset stats from debugger.  */
+extern void debug_bitset_stats PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif /* _BITSET_H  */
+

lib/bitset_stats.c

@@ -0,0 +1,863 @@
+/* Bitset statistics.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. 
+*/
+
+/* This file is a wrapper bitset implementation for the other bitset
+   implementations.  It provides bitset compatibility checking and
+   statistics gathering without having to instrument the bitset
+   implementations.  When statistics gathering is enabled, the bitset
+   operations get vectored through here and we then call the appropriate
+   routines.  
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "bbitset.h"
+#include "abitset.h"
+#include "ebitset.h"
+#include "lbitset.h"
+#include "bitset_stats.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(Msgid)  gettext (Msgid)
+
+/* Configuration macros.  */
+#define BITSET_STATS_FILE "bitset.dat"
+#define BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS 10
+#define BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS  16
+#define BITSET_DENSITY_BINS  20
+
+
+/* Accessor macros.  */
+#define BITSET_STATS_ALLOCS_INC(TYPE)	 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[(TYPE)].allocs++
+#define BITSET_STATS_FREES_INC(BSET) 			\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].frees++
+#define BITSET_STATS_SETS_INC(BSET) 			\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].sets++
+#define BITSET_STATS_CACHE_SETS_INC(BSET) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].cache_sets++
+#define BITSET_STATS_RESETS_INC(BSET) 			\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].resets++
+#define BITSET_STATS_CACHE_RESETS_INC(BSET) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].cache_resets++
+#define BITSET_STATS_TESTS_INC(BSET) 			\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].tests++
+#define BITSET_STATS_CACHE_TESTS_INC(BSET) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].cache_tests++
+#define BITSET_STATS_LISTS_INC(BSET) 			\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].lists++
+#define BITSET_STATS_LIST_COUNTS_INC(BSET, I) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].list_counts[(I)]++
+#define BITSET_STATS_LIST_SIZES_INC(BSET, I) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].list_sizes[(I)]++
+#define BITSET_STATS_LIST_DENSITY_INC(BSET, I) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].list_density[(I)]++
+
+
+struct bitset_type_info_struct
+{
+  unsigned int allocs;
+  unsigned int frees;
+  unsigned int lists;
+  unsigned int sets;
+  unsigned int cache_sets;
+  unsigned int resets;
+  unsigned int cache_resets;
+  unsigned int tests;
+  unsigned int cache_tests;
+  unsigned int list_counts[BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS];
+  unsigned int list_sizes[BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS];
+  unsigned int list_density[BITSET_DENSITY_BINS];
+};
+
+struct bitset_stats_info_struct
+{
+  unsigned int runs;
+  struct bitset_type_info_struct types[BITSET_TYPE_NUM];
+};
+
+
+struct bitset_stats_info_struct bitset_stats_info_data;
+struct bitset_stats_info_struct *bitset_stats_info;
+int bitset_stats_enabled = 0;
+
+
+static void bitset_stats_set PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static void bitset_stats_reset PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static int bitset_stats_toggle PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static int bitset_stats_test PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+static bitset_bindex bitset_stats_size PARAMS ((bitset));
+static bitset_bindex bitset_stats_count PARAMS ((bitset));
+static int bitset_stats_empty_p PARAMS ((bitset));
+static void bitset_stats_ones PARAMS ((bitset));
+static void bitset_stats_zero PARAMS ((bitset));
+static void bitset_stats_copy PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+static int bitset_stats_disjoint_p PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+static int bitset_stats_equal_p PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+static void bitset_stats_not PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+static int bitset_stats_subset_p PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+static void bitset_stats_and PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static int bitset_stats_and_cmp PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static void bitset_stats_andn PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static int bitset_stats_andn_cmp PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static void bitset_stats_or PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static int bitset_stats_or_cmp PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static void bitset_stats_xor PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static int bitset_stats_xor_cmp PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static void bitset_stats_and_or PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static int bitset_stats_and_or_cmp PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static void bitset_stats_andn_or PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static int bitset_stats_andn_or_cmp PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static void bitset_stats_or_and PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static int bitset_stats_or_and_cmp PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+static bitset_bindex bitset_stats_list PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex *,
+						bitset_bindex,
+						bitset_bindex *));
+static bitset_bindex bitset_stats_list_reverse
+PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex *, bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex *));
+static void bitset_stats_free PARAMS ((bitset));
+static void bitset_percent_histogram_print PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *,
+						    const char *,
+						    unsigned int,
+						    unsigned int *));
+static void bitset_log_histogram_print PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *,
+						const char *,
+						unsigned int,
+						unsigned int *));
+static void bitset_stats_print_1
+PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *, struct bitset_type_info_struct *));
+static void bitset_stats_print PARAMS ((FILE *, int));
+
+
+/* Print a percentage histogram with message MSG to FILE.  */
+static void
+bitset_percent_histogram_print (file, name, msg, n_bins, bins)
+     FILE *file;
+     const char *name;
+     const char *msg;
+     unsigned int n_bins;
+     unsigned int *bins;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int total;
+
+  total = 0;
+  for (i = 0; i < n_bins; i++)
+    total += bins[i];
+
+  if (!total)
+    return;
+
+  fprintf (file, "%s %s", name, msg);
+  for (i = 0; i < n_bins; i++)
+    fprintf (file, "%.0f-%.0f%%\t%8u (%5.1f%%)\n",
+	     i * 100.0 / n_bins,
+	     (i + 1) * 100.0 / n_bins, bins[i],
+	     (100.0 * bins[i]) / total);
+}
+
+
+/* Print a log histogram with message MSG to FILE.  */
+static void
+bitset_log_histogram_print (file, name, msg, n_bins, bins)
+     FILE *file;
+     const char *name;
+     const char *msg;
+     unsigned int n_bins;
+     unsigned int *bins;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int total;
+  unsigned int max_width;
+
+  total = 0;
+  for (i = 0; i < n_bins; i++)
+    total += bins[i];
+
+  if (!total)
+    return;
+
+  /* Determine number of useful bins.  */
+  for (i = n_bins; i > 3 && ! bins[i - 1]; i--)
+     continue;
+  n_bins = i;
+
+  /* 2 * ceil (log10 (2) * (N - 1)) + 1.  */
+  max_width = 2 * (unsigned int) (0.30103 * (n_bins - 1) + 0.9999) + 1;
+
+  fprintf (file, "%s %s", name, msg);
+  for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
+    fprintf (file, "%*d\t%8u (%5.1f%%)\n",
+	     max_width, i, bins[i], 100.0 * bins[i] / total);
+
+  for (; i < n_bins; i++)
+    fprintf (file, "%*lu-%lu\t%8u (%5.1f%%)\n",
+	     max_width - ((unsigned int) (0.30103 * (i) + 0.9999) + 1),
+	     (unsigned long) 1 << (i - 1),
+	     ((unsigned long) 1 << i) - 1,
+	     bins[i],
+	     (100.0 * bins[i]) / total);
+}
+
+
+/* Print bitset statistics to FILE.  */
+static void
+bitset_stats_print_1 (file, name, stats)
+     FILE *file;
+     const char *name;
+     struct bitset_type_info_struct *stats;
+{
+  if (!stats)
+    return;
+  
+  fprintf (file, "%s:\n", name);
+  fprintf (file, _("%u bitset_allocs, %u freed (%.2f%%).\n"),
+	   stats->allocs, stats->frees,
+	   stats->allocs ? 100.0 * stats->frees / stats->allocs : 0);
+  fprintf (file, _("%u bitset_sets, %u cached (%.2f%%)\n"),
+	   stats->sets, stats->cache_sets,
+	   stats->sets ? 100.0 * stats->cache_sets / stats->sets : 0);
+  fprintf (file, _("%u bitset_resets, %u cached (%.2f%%)\n"),
+	   stats->resets, stats->cache_resets,
+	   stats->resets ? 100.0 * stats->cache_resets / stats->resets : 0);
+  fprintf (file, _("%u bitset_tests, %u cached (%.2f%%)\n"),
+	   stats->tests, stats->cache_tests,
+	   stats->tests ? 100.0 * stats->cache_tests / stats->tests : 0);
+
+  fprintf (file, _("%u bitset_lists\n"), stats->lists);
+
+  bitset_log_histogram_print (file, name, _("count log histogram\n"),
+			      BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS, stats->list_counts);
+
+  bitset_log_histogram_print (file, name, _("size log histogram\n"),
+			      BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS, stats->list_sizes);
+
+  bitset_percent_histogram_print (file, name, _("density histogram\n"),
+				  BITSET_DENSITY_BINS, stats->list_density);
+}
+
+
+/* Print all bitset statistics to FILE.  */
+static void
+bitset_stats_print (file, verbose)
+     FILE *file;
+     int verbose ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  if (!bitset_stats_info)
+    return;
+
+  fprintf (file, _("Bitset statistics:\n\n"));
+
+  if (bitset_stats_info->runs > 1)
+    fprintf (file, _("Accumulated runs = %u\n"), bitset_stats_info->runs);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < BITSET_TYPE_NUM; i++)
+    bitset_stats_print_1 (file, bitset_type_names[i], 
+			  &bitset_stats_info->types[i]);
+}
+
+
+/* Initialise bitset statistics logging.  */
+void
+bitset_stats_enable ()
+{
+  if (!bitset_stats_info)
+    bitset_stats_info = &bitset_stats_info_data;
+  bitset_stats_enabled = 1;
+}
+
+
+void
+bitset_stats_disable ()
+{
+  bitset_stats_enabled = 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Read bitset statistics file.  */
+void
+bitset_stats_read (filename)
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  FILE *file;
+
+  if (!bitset_stats_info)
+    return;
+  
+  if (!filename)
+    filename = BITSET_STATS_FILE;
+
+  file = fopen (filename, "r");
+  if (file)
+    {
+      if (fread (&bitset_stats_info_data, sizeof (bitset_stats_info_data),
+		 1, file) != 1)
+	{
+	  if (ferror (file))
+	    perror (_("Could not read stats file."));
+	  else
+	    fprintf (stderr, _("Bad stats file size.\n"));
+	}
+      fclose (file);
+    }
+  bitset_stats_info_data.runs++;
+}
+
+
+/* Write bitset statistics file.  */
+void
+bitset_stats_write (filename)
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  FILE *file;
+
+  if (!bitset_stats_info)
+    return;
+
+  if (!filename)
+    filename = BITSET_STATS_FILE;
+
+  file = fopen (filename, "w");
+  if (file)
+    {
+      if (fwrite (&bitset_stats_info_data, sizeof (bitset_stats_info_data),
+		  1, file) != 1)
+	perror (_("Could not write stats file."));
+      fclose (file);
+    }
+  else
+    perror (_("Could not open stats file for writing."));
+}
+
+
+/* Dump bitset statistics to FILE.  */
+void
+bitset_stats_dump (file)
+     FILE *file;
+{
+  bitset_stats_print (file, 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Function to be called from debugger to print bitset stats.  */
+void
+debug_bitset_stats (void)
+{
+  bitset_stats_print (stderr, 1);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_set (dst, bitno)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset bset = dst->s.bset;
+  bitset_windex wordno = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = wordno - bset->b.cindex;
+  
+  BITSET_STATS_SETS_INC (bset);
+
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    {
+      bset->b.cdata[offset] |= (bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
+      BITSET_STATS_CACHE_SETS_INC (bset);
+    }
+  else
+    BITSET_SET_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_reset (dst, bitno)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset bset = dst->s.bset;
+  bitset_windex wordno = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = wordno - bset->b.cindex;
+  
+  BITSET_STATS_RESETS_INC (bset);
+
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    {
+      bset->b.cdata[offset] &=
+	~((bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+      BITSET_STATS_CACHE_RESETS_INC (bset);
+    }
+  else
+    BITSET_RESET_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_toggle (src, bitno)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+    return BITSET_TOGGLE_ (src->s.bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_test (src, bitno)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset bset = src->s.bset;
+  bitset_windex wordno = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = wordno - bset->b.cindex;
+
+  BITSET_STATS_TESTS_INC (bset);
+  
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    {
+      BITSET_STATS_CACHE_TESTS_INC (bset);
+      return (bset->b.cdata[offset] >> (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS)) & 1;
+    }
+  else
+    return BITSET_TEST_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+static bitset_bindex
+bitset_stats_size (src)
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return BITSET_SIZE_ (src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static bitset_bindex
+bitset_stats_count (src)
+     bitset src;
+{
+  return BITSET_COUNT_ (src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_empty_p (dst)
+     bitset dst;
+{
+  return BITSET_EMPTY_P_ (dst->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_ones (dst)
+     bitset dst;
+{
+  BITSET_ONES_ (dst->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_zero (dst)
+     bitset dst;
+{
+  BITSET_ZERO_ (dst->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_copy (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
+  BITSET_COPY_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_disjoint_p (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
+  return BITSET_DISJOINT_P_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_equal_p (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
+  return BITSET_EQUAL_P_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_not (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
+  BITSET_NOT_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_subset_p (dst, src)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
+  return BITSET_SUBSET_P_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_and (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  BITSET_AND_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_and_cmp (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  return BITSET_AND_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_andn (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  BITSET_ANDN_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_andn_cmp (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  return BITSET_ANDN_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_or (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  BITSET_OR_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_or_cmp (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  return BITSET_OR_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_xor (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  BITSET_XOR_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_xor_cmp (dst, src1, src2)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  return BITSET_XOR_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_and_or (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+
+  BITSET_AND_OR_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_and_or_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+
+  return BITSET_AND_OR_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_andn_or (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+
+  BITSET_ANDN_OR_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_andn_or_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+
+  return BITSET_ANDN_OR_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_or_and (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+
+  BITSET_OR_AND_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_or_and_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset src1;
+     bitset src2;
+     bitset src3;
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+
+  return BITSET_OR_AND_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static bitset_bindex
+bitset_stats_list (bset, list, num, next)
+     bitset bset;
+     bitset_bindex *list;
+     bitset_bindex num;
+     bitset_bindex *next;
+{
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_bindex tmp;
+  bitset_bindex size;
+  bitset_bindex i;
+  enum bitset_type type;
+
+  count = BITSET_LIST_ (bset->s.bset, list, num, next);
+  
+  type = BITSET_TYPE_ (bset->s.bset);
+  BITSET_STATS_LISTS_INC (bset->s.bset);
+  
+  /* Log histogram of number of set bits.  */
+  for (i = 0, tmp = count; tmp; tmp >>= 1, i++)
+     continue;
+  if (i >= BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS)
+     i = BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS - 1;
+  BITSET_STATS_LIST_COUNTS_INC (bset->s.bset, i);
+  
+  /* Log histogram of number of bits in set.  */
+  size = BITSET_SIZE_ (bset->s.bset);
+  for (i = 0, tmp = size; tmp; tmp >>= 1, i++)
+     continue;
+  if (i >= BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS)
+     i = BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS - 1;
+  BITSET_STATS_LIST_SIZES_INC (bset->s.bset, i);
+  
+  /* Histogram of fraction of bits set.  */
+  i = size ? (count * BITSET_DENSITY_BINS) / size : 0;
+  if (i >= BITSET_DENSITY_BINS)
+     i = BITSET_DENSITY_BINS - 1;
+  BITSET_STATS_LIST_DENSITY_INC (bset->s.bset, i);
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+static bitset_bindex
+bitset_stats_list_reverse (bset, list, num, next)
+     bitset bset;
+     bitset_bindex *list;
+     bitset_bindex num;
+     bitset_bindex *next;
+{
+  return BITSET_LIST_REVERSE_ (bset->s.bset, list, num, next);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_free (bset)
+     bitset bset;
+{
+  BITSET_STATS_FREES_INC (bset->s.bset);
+  BITSET_FREE_ (bset->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+struct bitset_vtable bitset_stats_vtable = {
+  bitset_stats_set,
+  bitset_stats_reset,
+  bitset_stats_toggle,
+  bitset_stats_test,
+  bitset_stats_size,
+  bitset_stats_count,
+  bitset_stats_empty_p,
+  bitset_stats_ones,
+  bitset_stats_zero,
+  bitset_stats_copy,
+  bitset_stats_disjoint_p,
+  bitset_stats_equal_p,
+  bitset_stats_not,
+  bitset_stats_subset_p,
+  bitset_stats_and,
+  bitset_stats_and_cmp,
+  bitset_stats_andn,
+  bitset_stats_andn_cmp,
+  bitset_stats_or,
+  bitset_stats_or_cmp,
+  bitset_stats_xor,
+  bitset_stats_xor_cmp,
+  bitset_stats_and_or,
+  bitset_stats_and_or_cmp,
+  bitset_stats_andn_or,
+  bitset_stats_andn_or_cmp,
+  bitset_stats_or_and,
+  bitset_stats_or_and_cmp,
+  bitset_stats_list,
+  bitset_stats_list_reverse,
+  bitset_stats_free,
+  BITSET_STATS
+};
+
+
+/* Return enclosed bitset type.  */
+enum bitset_type
+bitset_stats_type_get (bset)
+   bitset bset;
+{
+   return BITSET_TYPE_ (bset->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+size_t
+bitset_stats_bytes (void)
+{
+  return sizeof (struct bitset_stats_struct);
+}
+
+
+bitset
+bitset_stats_init (bset, n_bits, type)
+     bitset bset;
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+     enum_bitset_type type;
+{
+  size_t bytes;
+  bitset sbset;
+
+  bset->b.vtable = &bitset_stats_vtable;
+
+  /* Disable cache.  */
+  bset->b.cindex = 0;
+  bset->b.csize = 0;
+  bset->b.cdata = 0;
+
+  /* Set up the actual bitset implementation that
+     we are a wrapper over.  */
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case BITSET_ARRAY:
+      bytes = abitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      sbset = (bitset) xcalloc (1, bytes);
+      abitset_init (sbset, n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_LIST:
+      bytes = lbitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      sbset = (bitset) xcalloc (1, bytes);
+      lbitset_init (sbset, n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_TABLE:
+      bytes = ebitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      sbset = (bitset) xcalloc (1, bytes);
+      ebitset_init (sbset, n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  bset->s.bset = sbset;
+
+  BITSET_STATS_ALLOCS_INC (type);
+  
+  return bset;
+}

lib/bitset_stats.h

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Functions to support bitset statistics.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _BITSET_STATS_H
+#define _BITSET_STATS_H 
+
+#include "bbitset.h"
+
+extern int bitset_stats_enabled;
+
+extern enum bitset_type bitset_stats_type_get PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+extern size_t bitset_stats_bytes PARAMS ((void));
+
+extern bitset bitset_stats_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex, 
+					 enum_bitset_type));
+
+#endif

lib/bitsetv-print.c

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* Bitset vectors.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of Bison.
+
+Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+version.
+
+Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "bitsetv-print.h"
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------.
+| Display the MATRIX array of SIZE bitsets of size SIZE.  |
+`--------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void
+bitsetv_matrix_dump (FILE * out, const char *title, bitsetv bset)
+{
+  bitset_bindex i, j;
+  bitset_bindex hsize = bitset_size (bset[0]);
+
+  /* Title. */
+  fprintf (out, "%s BEGIN\n", title);
+
+  /* Column numbers. */
+  fputs ("   ", out);
+  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
+    putc (i / 10 ? '0' + i / 10 : ' ', out);
+  putc ('\n', out);
+  fputs ("   ", out);
+  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
+    fprintf (out, "%d", (int) (i % 10));
+  putc ('\n', out);
+
+  /* Bar. */
+  fputs ("  .", out);
+  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
+    putc ('-', out);
+  fputs (".\n", out);
+
+  /* Contents. */
+  for (i = 0; bset[i]; ++i)
+    {
+      fprintf (out, "%2lu|", (unsigned long) i);
+      for (j = 0; j < hsize; ++j)
+	fputs (bitset_test (bset[i], j) ? "1" : " ", out);
+      fputs ("|\n", out);
+    }
+
+  /* Bar. */
+  fputs ("  `", out);
+  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
+    putc ('-', out);
+  fputs ("'\n", out);
+
+  /* End title. */
+  fprintf (out, "%s END\n\n", title);
+}

lib/bitsetv-print.h

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Bitset vectors.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Akim Demaille ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _BITSETV_PRINT_H
+#define _BITSETV_PRINT_H
+
+#include "bitsetv.h"
+
+/* Dump vector of bitsets as a matrix.  */
+extern void bitsetv_matrix_dump PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *,
+					 bitsetv));
+
+#endif  /* _BITSETV_H  */

lib/bitsetv.c

@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/* Bitset vectors.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GCC.
+
+GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+version.
+
+GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GCC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "bitsetv.h"
+
+
+/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and of
+   type TYPE.  */
+bitset *
+bitsetv_alloc (n_vecs, n_bits, type)
+     bitset_bindex n_vecs;
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+     enum_bitset_type type;
+{
+  size_t vector_bytes;
+  size_t bytes;
+  bitset *bsetv;
+  bitset_bindex i;
+  
+  /* Determine number of bytes for each set.  */
+  bytes = bitset_bytes (type, n_bits);
+
+  /* If size calculation overflows, memory is exhausted.  */
+  if (BITSET_SIZE_MAX / (sizeof (bitset) + bytes) <= n_vecs)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  
+  /* Allocate vector table at head of bitset array.  */
+  vector_bytes = (n_vecs + 1) * sizeof (bitset) + bytes - 1;
+  vector_bytes -= vector_bytes % bytes;
+  bsetv = (bitset *) xcalloc (1, vector_bytes + bytes * n_vecs);
+  
+  for (i = 0; i < n_vecs; i++)
+    {
+      bsetv[i] = (bitset) (void *) ((char *) bsetv + vector_bytes + i * bytes);
+      
+      bitset_init (bsetv[i], n_bits, type);
+    }
+  
+  /* Null terminate table.  */
+  bsetv[i] = 0;
+  return bsetv;
+}
+
+
+/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and with
+   attribute hints specified by ATTR.  */
+bitset *
+bitsetv_create (n_vecs, n_bits, attr)
+     bitset_bindex n_vecs;
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+     unsigned int attr;
+{
+  enum bitset_type type;
+  
+  type = bitset_type_choose (n_bits, attr);
+  return bitsetv_alloc (n_vecs, n_bits, type);
+}
+
+
+/* Free bitset vector BSETV.  */
+void
+bitsetv_free (bsetv)
+     bitset *bsetv;
+{
+  bitset_bindex i;
+
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+      BITSET_FREE_ (bsetv[i]);
+  free (bsetv);
+}
+
+
+/* Zero a vector of bitsets.  */
+void
+bitsetv_zero (bsetv)
+     bitsetv bsetv;
+{
+  bitset_bindex i;
+  
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    bitset_zero (bsetv[i]);
+}
+
+
+/* Set a vector of bitsets to ones.  */
+void
+bitsetv_ones (bsetv)
+     bitset *bsetv;
+{
+  bitset_bindex i;
+  
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    bitset_ones (bsetv[i]);
+}
+
+
+/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
+   be the transitive closure of what was given.  */
+void
+bitsetv_transitive_closure (bsetv)
+     bitset *bsetv;
+{
+  bitset_bindex i;
+  bitset_bindex j;
+
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    for (j = 0; bsetv[j]; j++)
+      if (bitset_test (bsetv[j], i))
+        bitset_or (bsetv[j], bsetv[j], bsetv[i]);
+}
+
+
+/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
+   be the reflexive transitive closure of what was given.  This is 
+   the same as transitive closure but with all bits on the diagonal
+   of the bit matrix set.  */
+void
+bitsetv_reflexive_transitive_closure (bitsetv bsetv)
+{
+  bitset_bindex i;
+
+  bitsetv_transitive_closure (bsetv);
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    bitset_set (bsetv[i], i);
+}
+
+
+/* Dump the contents of a bitset vector BSETV with N_VECS elements to
+   FILE.  */
+void
+bitsetv_dump (file, title, subtitle, bsetv)
+     FILE *file;
+     const char *title, *subtitle;
+     bitset *bsetv;
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  
+  fprintf (file, "%s\n", title);
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    {
+      fprintf (file, "%s %lu\n", subtitle, (unsigned long) i);
+      bitset_dump (file, bsetv[i]);
+    }
+  
+  fprintf (file, "\n");
+}
+
+
+void
+debug_bitsetv (bsetv)
+     bitset *bsetv;
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%lu: ", (unsigned long) i);
+      debug_bitset (bsetv[i]);
+    }
+  
+  fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+}

lib/bitsetv.h

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* Bitset vectors.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _BITSETV_H
+#define _BITSETV_H
+
+#include "bitset.h"
+
+typedef bitset * bitsetv;
+
+/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and of
+   type TYPE.  */
+extern bitsetv bitsetv_alloc PARAMS ((bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex,
+				      enum_bitset_type));
+
+/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and with
+   attribute hints specified by ATTR.  */
+extern bitsetv bitsetv_create PARAMS ((bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex,
+				       unsigned int));
+
+/* Free vector of bitsets.  */
+extern void bitsetv_free PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+/* Zero vector of bitsets.  */
+extern void bitsetv_zero PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+/* Set vector of bitsets.  */
+extern void bitsetv_ones PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
+   be the transitive closure of what was given.  */
+extern void bitsetv_transitive_closure PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
+   be the reflexive transitive closure of what was given.  This is 
+   the same as transitive closure but with all bits on the diagonal
+   of the bit matrix set.  */
+extern void bitsetv_reflexive_transitive_closure PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+/* Dump vector of bitsets.  */
+extern void bitsetv_dump PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *,
+				  const char *, bitsetv));
+
+/* Function to debug vector of bitsets from debugger.  */
+extern void debug_bitsetv PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+#endif  /* _BITSETV_H  */

lib/dirname.c

@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a path
+   Copyright 1990, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Return the length of `dirname (PATH)', or zero if PATH is
+   in the working directory.  Works properly even if
+   there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them).  */
+size_t
+dir_len (char const *path)
+{
+  size_t prefix_length = FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path);
+  size_t length;
+
+  /* Strip the basename and any redundant slashes before it.  */
+  for (length = base_name (path) - path;  prefix_length < length;  length--)
+    if (! ISSLASH (path[length - 1]))
+      return length;
+
+  /* But don't strip the only slash from "/".  */
+  return prefix_length + ISSLASH (path[prefix_length]);
+}
+
+/* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
+   allocated with xmalloc.
+   Works properly even if there are trailing slashes
+   (by effectively ignoring them).  */
+
+char *
+dir_name (char const *path)
+{
+  size_t length = dir_len (path);
+  int append_dot = (length == FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path));
+  char *newpath = xmalloc (length + append_dot + 1);
+  memcpy (newpath, path, length);
+  if (append_dot)
+    newpath[length++] = '.';
+  newpath[length] = 0;
+  return newpath;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST_DIRNAME
+/*
+
+Run the test like this (expect no output):
+  gcc -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DTEST_DIRNAME -I.. -O -Wall \
+     basename.c dirname.c xmalloc.c
+  sed -n '/^BEGIN-DATA$/,/^END-DATA$/p' dirname.c|grep -v DATA|./a.out
+
+BEGIN-DATA
+foo//// .
+bar/foo//// bar
+foo/ .
+/ /
+. .
+a .
+END-DATA
+
+*/
+
+# define MAX_BUFF_LEN 1024
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  char buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN + 1];
+
+  buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN] = 0;
+  while (fgets (buff, MAX_BUFF_LEN, stdin) && buff[0])
+    {
+      char path[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
+      char expected_result[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
+      char const *result;
+      sscanf (buff, "%s %s", path, expected_result);
+      result = dir_name (path);
+      if (strcmp (result, expected_result))
+	printf ("%s: got %s, expected %s\n", path, result, expected_result);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif

lib/dirname.h

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*  Copyright (C) 1998, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+    any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
+# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+#  define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ISSLASH
+#  define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+# endif
+
+# ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
+#  define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+# endif
+
+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *path));
+char *dir_name PARAMS ((char const *path));
+size_t base_len PARAMS ((char const *path));
+size_t dir_len PARAMS ((char const *path));
+
+int strip_trailing_slashes PARAMS ((char *path));
+
+#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */

lib/ebitset.h

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Functions to support ebitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _EBITSET_H
+#define _EBITSET_H 
+
+#include "bitset.h"
+
+extern size_t ebitset_bytes PARAMS ((bitset_bindex));
+
+extern bitset ebitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+extern void ebitset_release_memory PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif

lib/error.c

@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
+/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+# include <libintl.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <wchar.h>
+# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
+# if __STDC__
+#  include <stdarg.h>
+#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg)
+# else
+#  include <varargs.h>
+#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args)
+# endif
+#else
+# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8
+# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8;
+#endif
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+void exit ();
+#endif
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "unlocked-io.h"
+
+#ifndef _
+# define _(String) String
+#endif
+
+/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
+   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
+   function without parameters instead.  */
+void (*error_print_progname) (
+#if __STDC__ - 0
+			      void
+#endif
+			      );
+
+/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
+unsigned int error_message_count;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this.  */
+
+# define program_name program_invocation_name
+# include <errno.h>
+
+/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
+   Instead make it a weak alias.  */
+extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
+extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
+			     unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
+			     ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));;
+# define error __error
+# define error_at_line __error_at_line
+
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+#  include <libio/iolibio.h>
+#  define fflush(s) _IO_fflush (s)
+# endif
+
+#else /* not _LIBC */
+
+# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
+#  ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#  endif
+char *strerror_r ();
+# endif
+
+/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
+   name of the executing program.  */
+extern char *program_name;
+
+# if HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r
+#  define __strerror_r strerror_r
+# else
+#  if HAVE_STRERROR
+#   ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#   endif
+#   if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
+char *strerror ();
+#   endif
+#  else
+static char *
+private_strerror (int errnum)
+{
+  extern char *sys_errlist[];
+  extern int sys_nerr;
+
+  if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr)
+    return _(sys_errlist[errnum]);
+  return _("Unknown system error");
+}
+#   define strerror private_strerror
+#  endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */
+# endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */
+#endif	/* not _LIBC */
+
+static void
+print_errno_message (int errnum)
+{
+  char const *s;
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
+  char errbuf[1024];
+# if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P || _LIBC
+  s = __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
+# else
+  if (__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf) == 0)
+    s = errbuf;
+  else
+    s = 0;
+# endif
+#else
+  s = strerror (errnum);
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC
+  if (! s)
+    s = _("Unknown system error");
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    {
+      __fwprintf (stderr, L": %s", s);
+      return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  fprintf (stderr, ": %s", s);
+}
+
+#ifdef VA_START
+static void
+error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
+{
+# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
+#  if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    {
+#   define ALLOCA_LIMIT	2000
+      size_t len = strlen (message) + 1;
+      wchar_t *wmessage = NULL;
+      mbstate_t st;
+      size_t res;
+      const char *tmp;
+
+      do
+	{
+	  if (len < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
+	    wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (wmessage != NULL && len / 2 < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
+		wmessage = NULL;
+
+	      wmessage = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
+					      len * sizeof (wchar_t));
+
+	      if (wmessage == NULL)
+		{
+		  fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
+		  return;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
+	  tmp =message;
+	}
+      while ((res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st)) == len);
+
+      if (res == (size_t) -1)
+	/* The string cannot be converted.  */
+	wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
+
+      __vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
+    }
+  else
+#  endif
+    vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
+# else
+  _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
+# endif
+  va_end (args);
+
+  ++error_message_count;
+  if (errnum)
+    print_errno_message (errnum);
+# if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    putwc (L'\n', stderr);
+  else
+# endif
+    putc ('\n', stderr);
+  fflush (stderr);
+  if (status)
+    exit (status);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
+   format string with optional args.
+   If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
+   Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero.  */
+/* VARARGS */
+void
+#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
+error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
+#else
+error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
+     int status;
+     int errnum;
+     char *message;
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+#ifdef VA_START
+  va_list args;
+#endif
+
+  fflush (stdout);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+# else
+  __flockfile (stderr);
+# endif
+#endif
+  if (error_print_progname)
+    (*error_print_progname) ();
+  else
+    {
+#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
+      else
+#endif
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
+    }
+
+#ifdef VA_START
+  VA_START (args, message);
+  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
+#else
+  fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
+
+  ++error_message_count;
+  if (errnum)
+    print_errno_message (errnum);
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+  fflush (stderr);
+  if (status)
+    exit (status);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+# else
+  __funlockfile (stderr);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
+   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
+int error_one_per_line;
+
+void
+#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
+error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
+	       unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
+#else
+error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
+     int status;
+     int errnum;
+     const char *file_name;
+     unsigned int line_number;
+     char *message;
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+#ifdef VA_START
+  va_list args;
+#endif
+
+  if (error_one_per_line)
+    {
+      static const char *old_file_name;
+      static unsigned int old_line_number;
+
+      if (old_line_number == line_number
+	  && (file_name == old_file_name
+	      || strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))
+	/* Simply return and print nothing.  */
+	return;
+
+      old_file_name = file_name;
+      old_line_number = line_number;
+    }
+
+  fflush (stdout);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+# else
+  __flockfile (stderr);
+# endif
+#endif
+  if (error_print_progname)
+    (*error_print_progname) ();
+  else
+    {
+#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
+      else
+#endif
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
+    }
+
+  if (file_name != NULL)
+    {
+#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
+      else
+#endif
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
+    }
+
+#ifdef VA_START
+  VA_START (args, message);
+  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
+#else
+  fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
+
+  ++error_message_count;
+  if (errnum)
+    print_errno_message (errnum);
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+  fflush (stderr);
+  if (status)
+    exit (status);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+# else
+  __funlockfile (stderr);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Make the weak alias.  */
+# undef error
+# undef error_at_line
+weak_alias (__error, error)
+weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
+#endif

lib/error.h

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* Declaration for error-reporting function
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to [email protected].
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _ERROR_H
+#define _ERROR_H 1
+
+#ifndef __attribute__
+/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5)
+#  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
+# endif
+/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
+   are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
+#  define __format__ format
+#  define __printf__ printf
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+
+/* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
+   if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
+   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with `exit (STATUS)'.  */
+
+extern void error (int status, int errnum, const char *format, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
+
+extern void error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *fname,
+			   unsigned int lineno, const char *format, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));
+
+/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
+   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
+   function without parameters instead.  */
+extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
+
+#else
+void error ();
+void error_at_line ();
+extern void (*error_print_progname) ();
+#endif
+
+/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
+extern unsigned int error_message_count;
+
+/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
+   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
+extern int error_one_per_line;
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* error.h */

lib/getopt.c

@@ -2,17 +2,14 @@
    NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
    "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org
    before changing it!
-
-   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,96,98,99,2000,2001,2002
    	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
@@ -20,9 +17,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
    Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
@@ -34,14 +30,6 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
-/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
-   reject `defined (const)'.  */
-# ifndef const
-#  define const
-# endif
-#endif
-
 #include <stdio.h>
 
 /* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
@@ -63,14 +51,12 @@
 #ifndef ELIDE_CODE
 
 
-/* This needs to come after some library #include
-   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
-#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
-   contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H || defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
 # include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
 # include <unistd.h>
-#endif	/* GNU C library.  */
+#endif
 
 #ifdef VMS
 # include <unixlib.h>
@@ -80,11 +66,12 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifndef _
-/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
-   When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined.  */
-# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.  */
+# if (HAVE_LIBINTL_H && ENABLE_NLS) || defined _LIBC
 #  include <libintl.h>
-#  define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
+#  ifndef _
+#   define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
+#  endif
 # else
 #  define _(msgid)	(msgid)
 # endif
@@ -112,7 +99,7 @@
    Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
    each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
 
-char *optarg = NULL;
+char *optarg;
 
 /* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
    This is used for communication to and from the caller
@@ -133,7 +120,7 @@ int optind = 1;
    causes problems with re-calling getopt as programs generally don't
    know that. */
 
-int __getopt_initialized = 0;
+int __getopt_initialized;
 
 /* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
    in which the last option character we returned was found.
@@ -192,30 +179,18 @@ static enum
 /* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable.  */
 static char *posixly_correct;
 
-#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
-   because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
-   On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
-   in GCC.  */
+#if HAVE_STRING_H || defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
 # include <string.h>
-# define my_index	strchr
 #else
-
-# if HAVE_STRING_H
-#  include <string.h>
-# else
+# if HAVE_STRINGS_H
 #  include <strings.h>
 # endif
-
-/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
-   whose names are inconsistent.  */
-
-#ifndef getenv
-extern char *getenv ();
 #endif
 
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined strchr && !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+# define strchr my_strchr
 static char *
-my_index (str, chr)
+strchr (str, chr)
      const char *str;
      int chr;
 {
@@ -227,20 +202,11 @@ my_index (str, chr)
     }
   return 0;
 }
+#endif
 
-/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way.
-   If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it.  */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
-   That was relevant to code that was here before.  */
-# if (!defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__) && !defined strlen
-/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
-   and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms.  */
-extern int strlen (const char *);
-# endif /* not __STDC__ */
-#endif /* __GNUC__ */
-
-#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+#if !HAVE_DECL_GETENV && !defined getenv && !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+char *getenv ();
+#endif
 
 /* Handle permutation of arguments.  */
 
@@ -255,11 +221,13 @@ static int last_nonopt;
 /* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags
    indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments.  */
 
+#ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
 /* Defined in getopt_init.c  */
 extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags;
 
 static int nonoption_flags_max_len;
 static int nonoption_flags_len;
+#endif
 
 static int original_argc;
 static char *const *original_argv;
@@ -280,13 +248,17 @@ store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv)
 text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
 # endif /* text_set_element */
 
-# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
+# ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+#  define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
   if (nonoption_flags_len > 0)						      \
     {									      \
       char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1];			      \
       __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2];	      \
       __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp;				      \
     }
+# else
+#  define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
+# endif
 #else	/* !_LIBC */
 # define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
 #endif	/* _LIBC */
@@ -318,7 +290,7 @@ exchange (argv)
      It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
      but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */
 
-#ifdef _LIBC
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
   /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags'
      string can work normally.  Our top argument must be in the range
      of the string.  */
@@ -422,7 +394,7 @@ _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring)
   else
     ordering = PERMUTE;
 
-#ifdef _LIBC
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
   if (posixly_correct == NULL
       && argc == original_argc && argv == original_argv)
     {
@@ -520,6 +492,13 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
      int *longind;
      int long_only;
 {
+  int print_errors = opterr;
+  if (optstring[0] == ':')
+    print_errors = 0;
+
+  if (argc < 1)
+    return -1;
+
   optarg = NULL;
 
   if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized)
@@ -534,7 +513,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
      Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag
      from the shell indicating it is not an option.  The later information
      is only used when the used in the GNU libc.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
 # define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
 		      || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
 			  && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
@@ -636,7 +615,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 
   if (longopts != NULL
       && (argv[optind][1] == '-'
-	  || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
+	  || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !strchr (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
     {
       char *nameend;
       const struct option *p;
@@ -669,14 +648,17 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		pfound = p;
 		indfound = option_index;
 	      }
-	    else
+	    else if (long_only
+		     || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
+		     || pfound->flag != p->flag
+		     || pfound->val != p->val)
 	      /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
 	      ambig = 1;
 	  }
 
       if (ambig && !exact)
 	{
-	  if (opterr)
+	  if (print_errors)
 	    fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
 		     argv[0], argv[optind]);
 	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
@@ -697,17 +679,19 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		optarg = nameend + 1;
 	      else
 		{
-		  if (opterr)
-		   if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
-		    /* --option */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		     _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-		     argv[0], pfound->name);
-		   else
-		    /* +option or -option */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		     _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-		     argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
+		  if (print_errors)
+		    {
+		      if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
+			/* --option */
+			fprintf (stderr,
+				 _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				 argv[0], pfound->name);
+		      else
+			/* +option or -option */
+			fprintf (stderr,
+				 _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				 argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
+		    }
 
 		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
 
@@ -721,7 +705,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		optarg = argv[optind++];
 	      else
 		{
-		  if (opterr)
+		  if (print_errors)
 		    fprintf (stderr,
 			   _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
 			   argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
@@ -746,9 +730,9 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	 option, then it's an error.
 	 Otherwise interpret it as a short option.  */
       if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
-	  || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
+	  || strchr (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
 	{
-	  if (opterr)
+	  if (print_errors)
 	    {
 	      if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
 		/* --option */
@@ -770,7 +754,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 
   {
     char c = *nextchar++;
-    char *temp = my_index (optstring, c);
+    char *temp = strchr (optstring, c);
 
     /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character.  */
     if (*nextchar == '\0')
@@ -778,7 +762,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 
     if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
       {
-	if (opterr)
+	if (print_errors)
 	  {
 	    if (posixly_correct)
 	      /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
@@ -812,7 +796,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	  }
 	else if (optind == argc)
 	  {
-	    if (opterr)
+	    if (print_errors)
 	      {
 		/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
 		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
@@ -861,7 +845,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	    }
 	if (ambig && !exact)
 	  {
-	    if (opterr)
+	    if (print_errors)
 	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
 		       argv[0], argv[optind]);
 	    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
@@ -879,7 +863,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		  optarg = nameend + 1;
 		else
 		  {
-		    if (opterr)
+		    if (print_errors)
 		      fprintf (stderr, _("\
 %s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
 			       argv[0], pfound->name);
@@ -894,7 +878,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		  optarg = argv[optind++];
 		else
 		  {
-		    if (opterr)
+		    if (print_errors)
 		      fprintf (stderr,
 			       _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
 			       argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
@@ -941,12 +925,12 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	      }
 	    else if (optind == argc)
 	      {
-		if (opterr)
+		if (print_errors)
 		  {
 		    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
 		    fprintf (stderr,
-			   _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
-			   argv[0], c);
+			     _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+			     argv[0], c);
 		  }
 		optopt = c;
 		if (optstring[0] == ':')

lib/getopt.h

@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/* Declarations for getopt.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_H
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+# define _GETOPT_H 1
+#endif
+
+/* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used
+   standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file.
+   If we are being used with glibc, we need to include <features.h>, but
+   that does not exist if we are standalone.  So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
+   not defined, include <stdlib.h>, which will pull in <features.h> for us
+   if it's from glibc (and will declare getopt).  Fall back on <ctype.h> if
+   <stdlib.h> might not exist.  (Why ctype.h?  It's guaranteed to exist and it
+   doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.)  */
+#if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+# if HAVE_STDLIB_H || STDC_HEADERS
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# else
+#  include <ctype.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+extern char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+extern int optind;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+extern int opterr;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */
+
+extern int optopt;
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
+   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
+   of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
+   zero.
+
+   The field `has_arg' is:
+   no_argument		(or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
+   required_argument	(or 1) if the option requires an argument,
+   optional_argument 	(or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
+
+   If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
+   to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
+   left unchanged if the option is not found.
+
+   To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
+   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
+   option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
+   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
+   one).  For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
+   returns the contents of the `val' field.  */
+
+struct option
+{
+# if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
+  const char *name;
+# else
+  char *name;
+# endif
+  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
+     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
+  int has_arg;
+  int *flag;
+  int val;
+};
+
+/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */
+
+# define no_argument		0
+# define required_argument	1
+# define optional_argument	2
+#endif	/* need getopt */
+
+
+/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
+   arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
+   options given in OPTS.
+
+   Return the option character from OPTS just read.  Return -1 when
+   there are no more options.  For unrecognized options, or options
+   missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
+   returned.
+
+   The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
+   letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
+   takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'.
+
+   If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
+   optional.  This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'.
+
+   The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument
+   scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more
+   options.
+
+   If OPTS begins with `--', then non-option arguments are treated as
+   arguments to the option '\0'.  This behavior is specific to the GNU
+   `getopt'.  */
+
+#if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
+# if defined HAVE_DECL_GETOPT && !HAVE_DECL_GETOPT
+#  ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
+   differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
+   errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
+extern int getopt (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts);
+#  else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+extern int getopt ();
+#  endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+# endif /* defined HAVE_DECL_GETOPT && !HAVE_DECL_GETOPT */
+
+# ifndef __need_getopt
+extern int getopt_long (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts,
+		        const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
+extern int getopt_long_only (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
+
+/* Internal only.  Users should not call this directly.  */
+extern int _getopt_internal (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+			     int __long_only);
+# endif
+#else /* not __STDC__ */
+extern int getopt ();
+# ifndef __need_getopt
+extern int getopt_long ();
+extern int getopt_long_only ();
+
+extern int _getopt_internal ();
+# endif
+#endif /* __STDC__ */
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations.  */
+#undef __need_getopt
+
+#endif /* getopt.h */

lib/getopt1.c

@@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
 /* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98, 2002
      Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
@@ -16,24 +14,14 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include "getopt.h"
-
-#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
-/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
-   reject `defined (const)'.  */
-#ifndef const
-#define const
-#endif
-#endif
-
 #include <stdio.h>
 
 /* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not

lib/gettext.h

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+
+/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option.  */
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions.  */
+# include <libintl.h>
+
+#else
+
+/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
+   chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro.  So include it now, to make
+   later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP.  We don't include <libintl.h>
+   as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
+   and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
+   is OK.  */
+#if defined(__sun)
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Disabled NLS.
+   The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
+   for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
+   On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
+   contain "#define const".  */
+# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((const char *) (Dirname))
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((const char *) (Codeset))
+
+#endif
+
+/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
+   extraction of messages, but does not call gettext().  The run-time
+   translation is done at a different place in the code.
+   The argument, String, should be a literal string.  Concatenated strings
+   and other string expressions won't work.
+   The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
+   initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables.  */
+#define gettext_noop(String) String
+
+#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */

lib/hash.h

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* hash - hashing table processing.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Jim Meyering <[email protected]>, 1998.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* A generic hash table package.  */
+
+/* Make sure USE_OBSTACK is defined to 1 if you want the allocator to use
+   obstacks instead of malloc, and recompile `hash.c' with same setting.  */
+
+#ifndef HASH_H_
+# define HASH_H_
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if PROTOTYPES || __STDC__
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+typedef unsigned (*Hash_hasher) PARAMS ((const void *, unsigned));
+typedef bool (*Hash_comparator) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
+typedef void (*Hash_data_freer) PARAMS ((void *));
+typedef bool (*Hash_processor) PARAMS ((void *, void *));
+
+struct hash_entry
+  {
+    void *data;
+    struct hash_entry *next;
+  };
+
+struct hash_tuning
+  {
+    /* This structure is mainly used for `hash_initialize', see the block
+       documentation of `hash_reset_tuning' for more complete comments.  */
+
+    float shrink_threshold;	/* ratio of used buckets to trigger a shrink */
+    float shrink_factor;	/* ratio of new smaller size to original size */
+    float growth_threshold;	/* ratio of used buckets to trigger a growth */
+    float growth_factor;	/* ratio of new bigger size to original size */
+    bool is_n_buckets;		/* if CANDIDATE really means table size */
+  };
+
+typedef struct hash_tuning Hash_tuning;
+
+struct hash_table;
+
+typedef struct hash_table Hash_table;
+
+/* Information and lookup.  */
+unsigned hash_get_n_buckets PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_n_buckets_used PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_n_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_max_bucket_length PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+bool hash_table_ok PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+void hash_print_statistics PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, FILE *));
+void *hash_lookup PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
+
+/* Walking.  */
+void *hash_get_first PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+void *hash_get_next PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
+unsigned hash_get_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, void **, unsigned));
+unsigned hash_do_for_each PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, Hash_processor, void *));
+
+/* Allocation and clean-up.  */
+unsigned hash_string PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned));
+void hash_reset_tuning PARAMS ((Hash_tuning *));
+Hash_table *hash_initialize PARAMS ((unsigned, const Hash_tuning *,
+				     Hash_hasher, Hash_comparator,
+				     Hash_data_freer));
+void hash_clear PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
+void hash_free PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
+
+/* Insertion and deletion.  */
+bool hash_rehash PARAMS ((Hash_table *, unsigned));
+void *hash_insert PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));
+void *hash_delete PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));
+
+#endif

lib/lbitset.h

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Functions to support lbitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LBITSET_H
+#define _LBITSET_H 
+
+#include "bitset.h"
+
+extern size_t lbitset_bytes PARAMS ((bitset_bindex));
+
+extern bitset lbitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+extern void lbitset_release_memory PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif

lib/libiberty.h

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Fake libiberty.h for Bison.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/* Bison depends on libiberty's implementation of bitsets, which
+   requires a `libiberty.h' file.  This file provides the minimum
+   services.  */
+
+#ifndef BISON_LIBIBERTY_H_
+# define BISON_LIBIBERTY_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* This file is the public interface to the bitset abstract data type.
+   Only use the functions and macros defined in this file.  */
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef __attribute__
+#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#   define __attribute__(x)
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+# endif
+
+# include "xalloc.h"
+
+#endif /* ! BISON_LIBIBERTY_H_ */

lib/malloc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* Work around bug on some systems where malloc (0) fails.
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#undef malloc
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+char *malloc ();
+
+/* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
+   If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block.  */
+
+char *
+rpl_malloc (size_t n)
+{
+  if (n == 0)
+    n = 1;
+  return malloc (n);
+}

lib/memchr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991,93,96,97,99,2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund ([email protected]),
+   with help from Dan Sahlin ([email protected]) and
+   commentary by Jim Blandy ([email protected]);
+   adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski ([email protected]),
+   and implemented by Roland McGrath ([email protected]).
+
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to [email protected].
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef __ptr_t
+#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+# define __ptr_t void *
+#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
+# define __ptr_t char *
+#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
+
+#if defined _LIBC
+# include <string.h>
+# include <memcopy.h>
+#else
+# define reg_char char
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#define LONG_MAX_32_BITS 2147483647
+
+#ifndef LONG_MAX
+# define LONG_MAX LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if HAVE_BP_SYM_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <bp-sym.h>
+#else
+# define BP_SYM(sym) sym
+#endif
+
+#undef memchr
+#undef __memchr
+
+/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C.  */
+__ptr_t
+__memchr (s, c_in, n)
+     const __ptr_t s;
+     int c_in;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+  const unsigned long int *longword_ptr;
+  unsigned long int longword, magic_bits, charmask;
+  unsigned reg_char c;
+
+  c = (unsigned char) c_in;
+
+  /* Handle the first few characters by reading one character at a time.
+     Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
+  for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s;
+       n > 0 && ((unsigned long int) char_ptr
+		 & (sizeof (longword) - 1)) != 0;
+       --n, ++char_ptr)
+    if (*char_ptr == c)
+      return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
+
+  /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
+     but the theory applies equally well to 8-byte longwords.  */
+
+  longword_ptr = (unsigned long int *) char_ptr;
+
+  /* Bits 31, 24, 16, and 8 of this number are zero.  Call these bits
+     the "holes."  Note that there is a hole just to the left of
+     each byte, with an extra at the end:
+
+     bits:  01111110 11111110 11111110 11111111
+     bytes: AAAAAAAA BBBBBBBB CCCCCCCC DDDDDDDD
+
+     The 1-bits make sure that carries propagate to the next 0-bit.
+     The 0-bits provide holes for carries to fall into.  */
+
+  if (sizeof (longword) != 4 && sizeof (longword) != 8)
+    abort ();
+
+#if LONG_MAX <= LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+  magic_bits = 0x7efefeff;
+#else
+  magic_bits = ((unsigned long int) 0x7efefefe << 32) | 0xfefefeff;
+#endif
+
+  /* Set up a longword, each of whose bytes is C.  */
+  charmask = c | (c << 8);
+  charmask |= charmask << 16;
+#if LONG_MAX > LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+  charmask |= charmask << 32;
+#endif
+
+  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each character,
+     we will test a longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing
+     if *any of the four* bytes in the longword in question are zero.  */
+  while (n >= sizeof (longword))
+    {
+      /* We tentatively exit the loop if adding MAGIC_BITS to
+	 LONGWORD fails to change any of the hole bits of LONGWORD.
+
+	 1) Is this safe?  Will it catch all the zero bytes?
+	 Suppose there is a byte with all zeros.  Any carry bits
+	 propagating from its left will fall into the hole at its
+	 least significant bit and stop.  Since there will be no
+	 carry from its most significant bit, the LSB of the
+	 byte to the left will be unchanged, and the zero will be
+	 detected.
+
+	 2) Is this worthwhile?  Will it ignore everything except
+	 zero bytes?  Suppose every byte of LONGWORD has a bit set
+	 somewhere.  There will be a carry into bit 8.  If bit 8
+	 is set, this will carry into bit 16.  If bit 8 is clear,
+	 one of bits 9-15 must be set, so there will be a carry
+	 into bit 16.  Similarly, there will be a carry into bit
+	 24.  If one of bits 24-30 is set, there will be a carry
+	 into bit 31, so all of the hole bits will be changed.
+
+	 The one misfire occurs when bits 24-30 are clear and bit
+	 31 is set; in this case, the hole at bit 31 is not
+	 changed.  If we had access to the processor carry flag,
+	 we could close this loophole by putting the fourth hole
+	 at bit 32!
+
+	 So it ignores everything except 128's, when they're aligned
+	 properly.
+
+	 3) But wait!  Aren't we looking for C, not zero?
+	 Good point.  So what we do is XOR LONGWORD with a longword,
+	 each of whose bytes is C.  This turns each byte that is C
+	 into a zero.  */
+
+      longword = *longword_ptr++ ^ charmask;
+
+      /* Add MAGIC_BITS to LONGWORD.  */
+      if ((((longword + magic_bits)
+
+	    /* Set those bits that were unchanged by the addition.  */
+	    ^ ~longword)
+
+	   /* Look at only the hole bits.  If any of the hole bits
+	      are unchanged, most likely one of the bytes was a
+	      zero.  */
+	   & ~magic_bits) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* Which of the bytes was C?  If none of them were, it was
+	     a misfire; continue the search.  */
+
+	  const unsigned char *cp = (const unsigned char *) (longword_ptr - 1);
+
+	  if (cp[0] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) cp;
+	  if (cp[1] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[1];
+	  if (cp[2] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[2];
+	  if (cp[3] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[3];
+#if LONG_MAX > 2147483647
+	  if (cp[4] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[4];
+	  if (cp[5] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[5];
+	  if (cp[6] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[6];
+	  if (cp[7] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[7];
+#endif
+	}
+
+      n -= sizeof (longword);
+    }
+
+  char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+  while (n-- > 0)
+    {
+      if (*char_ptr == c)
+	return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
+      else
+	++char_ptr;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__memchr, BP_SYM (memchr))
+#endif

lib/memcmp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Torbjorn Granlund ([email protected]).
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to [email protected].
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#undef	__ptr_t
+#if defined __cplusplus || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+# define __ptr_t	void *
+#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
+# undef	const
+# define const
+# define __ptr_t	char *
+#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
+
+#ifndef __P
+# if defined __GNUC__ || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define __P(args) args
+# else
+#  define __P(args) ()
+# endif  /* GCC.  */
+#endif  /* Not __P.  */
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef memcmp
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+
+# include <memcopy.h>
+# include <endian.h>
+
+# if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+#  define WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# endif
+
+#else	/* Not in the GNU C library.  */
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Type to use for aligned memory operations.
+   This should normally be the biggest type supported by a single load
+   and store.  Must be an unsigned type.  */
+# define op_t	unsigned long int
+# define OPSIZ	(sizeof(op_t))
+
+/* Threshold value for when to enter the unrolled loops.  */
+# define OP_T_THRES	16
+
+/* Type to use for unaligned operations.  */
+typedef unsigned char byte;
+
+# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+#  define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) >> (sh_1)) | ((w1) << (sh_2)))
+# else
+#  define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) << (sh_1)) | ((w1) >> (sh_2)))
+# endif
+
+#endif	/* In the GNU C library.  */
+
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? 1 : -1)
+#else
+# define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) memcmp_bytes ((a), (b))
+#endif
+
+/* BE VERY CAREFUL IF YOU CHANGE THIS CODE!  */
+
+/* The strategy of this memcmp is:
+
+   1. Compare bytes until one of the block pointers is aligned.
+
+   2. Compare using memcmp_common_alignment or
+      memcmp_not_common_alignment, regarding the alignment of the other
+      block after the initial byte operations.  The maximum number of
+      full words (of type op_t) are compared in this way.
+
+   3. Compare the few remaining bytes.  */
+
+#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+/* memcmp_bytes -- Compare A and B bytewise in the byte order of the machine.
+   A and B are known to be different.
+   This is needed only on little-endian machines.  */
+
+static int memcmp_bytes __P((op_t, op_t));
+
+# ifdef  __GNUC__
+__inline
+# endif
+static int
+memcmp_bytes (long unsigned int a, long unsigned int b)
+{
+  long int srcp1 = (long int) &a;
+  long int srcp2 = (long int) &b;
+  op_t a0, b0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      a0 = ((byte *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((byte *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 += 1;
+      srcp2 += 1;
+    }
+  while (a0 == b0);
+  return a0 - b0;
+}
+#endif
+
+static int memcmp_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
+
+/* memcmp_common_alignment -- Compare blocks at SRCP1 and SRCP2 with LEN `op_t'
+   objects (not LEN bytes!).  Both SRCP1 and SRCP2 should be aligned for
+   memory operations on `op_t's.  */
+#ifdef	__GNUC__
+__inline
+#endif
+static int
+memcmp_common_alignment (long int srcp1, long int srcp2, size_t len)
+{
+  op_t a0, a1;
+  op_t b0, b1;
+
+  switch (len % 4)
+    {
+    default: /* Avoid warning about uninitialized local variables.  */
+    case 2:
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 -= 2 * OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 -= 2 * OPSIZ;
+      len += 2;
+      goto do1;
+    case 3:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 -= OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 -= OPSIZ;
+      len += 1;
+      goto do2;
+    case 0:
+      if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
+	return 0;
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      goto do3;
+    case 1:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 += OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 += OPSIZ;
+      len -= 1;
+      if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
+	goto do0;
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      if (a1 != b1)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a1, b1);
+
+    do3:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[1];
+      if (a0 != b0)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a0, b0);
+
+    do2:
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[2];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[2];
+      if (a1 != b1)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a1, b1);
+
+    do1:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[3];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[3];
+      if (a0 != b0)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a0, b0);
+
+      srcp1 += 4 * OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 += 4 * OPSIZ;
+      len -= 4;
+    }
+  while (len != 0);
+
+  /* This is the right position for do0.  Please don't move
+     it into the loop.  */
+ do0:
+  if (a1 != b1)
+    return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a1, b1);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int memcmp_not_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
+
+/* memcmp_not_common_alignment -- Compare blocks at SRCP1 and SRCP2 with LEN
+   `op_t' objects (not LEN bytes!).  SRCP2 should be aligned for memory
+   operations on `op_t', but SRCP1 *should be unaligned*.  */
+#ifdef	__GNUC__
+__inline
+#endif
+static int
+memcmp_not_common_alignment (long int srcp1, long int srcp2, size_t len)
+{
+  op_t a0, a1, a2, a3;
+  op_t b0, b1, b2, b3;
+  op_t x;
+  int shl, shr;
+
+  /* Calculate how to shift a word read at the memory operation
+     aligned srcp1 to make it aligned for comparison.  */
+
+  shl = 8 * (srcp1 % OPSIZ);
+  shr = 8 * OPSIZ - shl;
+
+  /* Make SRCP1 aligned by rounding it down to the beginning of the `op_t'
+     it points in the middle of.  */
+  srcp1 &= -OPSIZ;
+
+  switch (len % 4)
+    {
+    default: /* Avoid warning about uninitialized local variables.  */
+    case 2:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b2 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 -= 1 * OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 -= 2 * OPSIZ;
+      len += 2;
+      goto do1;
+    case 3:
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp2 -= 1 * OPSIZ;
+      len += 1;
+      goto do2;
+    case 0:
+      if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
+	return 0;
+      a3 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 += 1 * OPSIZ;
+      goto do3;
+    case 1:
+      a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      a3 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b3 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 += 2 * OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 += 1 * OPSIZ;
+      len -= 1;
+      if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
+	goto do0;
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      x = MERGE(a2, shl, a3, shr);
+      if (x != b3)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b3);
+
+    do3:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[1];
+      x = MERGE(a3, shl, a0, shr);
+      if (x != b0)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b0);
+
+    do2:
+      a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[2];
+      b2 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[2];
+      x = MERGE(a0, shl, a1, shr);
+      if (x != b1)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b1);
+
+    do1:
+      a3 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[3];
+      b3 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[3];
+      x = MERGE(a1, shl, a2, shr);
+      if (x != b2)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b2);
+
+      srcp1 += 4 * OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 += 4 * OPSIZ;
+      len -= 4;
+    }
+  while (len != 0);
+
+  /* This is the right position for do0.  Please don't move
+     it into the loop.  */
+ do0:
+  x = MERGE(a2, shl, a3, shr);
+  if (x != b3)
+    return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b3);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rpl_memcmp (const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t len)
+{
+  op_t a0;
+  op_t b0;
+  long int srcp1 = (long int) s1;
+  long int srcp2 = (long int) s2;
+  op_t res;
+
+  if (len >= OP_T_THRES)
+    {
+      /* There are at least some bytes to compare.  No need to test
+	 for LEN == 0 in this alignment loop.  */
+      while (srcp2 % OPSIZ != 0)
+	{
+	  a0 = ((byte *) srcp1)[0];
+	  b0 = ((byte *) srcp2)[0];
+	  srcp1 += 1;
+	  srcp2 += 1;
+	  res = a0 - b0;
+	  if (res != 0)
+	    return res;
+	  len -= 1;
+	}
+
+      /* SRCP2 is now aligned for memory operations on `op_t'.
+	 SRCP1 alignment determines if we can do a simple,
+	 aligned compare or need to shuffle bits.  */
+
+      if (srcp1 % OPSIZ == 0)
+	res = memcmp_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len / OPSIZ);
+      else
+	res = memcmp_not_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len / OPSIZ);
+      if (res != 0)
+	return res;
+
+      /* Number of bytes remaining in the interval [0..OPSIZ-1].  */
+      srcp1 += len & -OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 += len & -OPSIZ;
+      len %= OPSIZ;
+    }
+
+  /* There are just a few bytes to compare.  Use byte memory operations.  */
+  while (len != 0)
+    {
+      a0 = ((byte *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((byte *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 += 1;
+      srcp2 += 1;
+      res = a0 - b0;
+      if (res != 0)
+	return res;
+      len -= 1;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef weak_alias
+# undef bcmp
+weak_alias (memcmp, bcmp)
+#endif

lib/memrchr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/* memrchr -- find the last occurrence of a byte in a memory block
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 93, 96, 97, 99, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund ([email protected]),
+   with help from Dan Sahlin ([email protected]) and
+   commentary by Jim Blandy ([email protected]);
+   adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski ([email protected]),
+   and implemented by Roland McGrath ([email protected]).
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#undef __ptr_t
+#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+# define __ptr_t void *
+#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
+# define __ptr_t char *
+#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
+
+#if defined (_LIBC)
+# include <string.h>
+# include <memcopy.h>
+#else
+# define reg_char char
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H) || defined (_LIBC)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#define LONG_MAX_32_BITS 2147483647
+
+#ifndef LONG_MAX
+# define LONG_MAX LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#undef __memrchr
+#undef memrchr
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __memrchr memrchr
+#endif
+
+/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C.  */
+__ptr_t
+__memrchr (s, c_in, n)
+     const __ptr_t s;
+     int c_in;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+  const unsigned long int *longword_ptr;
+  unsigned long int longword, magic_bits, charmask;
+  unsigned reg_char c;
+
+  c = (unsigned char) c_in;
+
+  /* Handle the last few characters by reading one character at a time.
+     Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
+  for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s + n;
+       n > 0 && ((unsigned long int) char_ptr
+		 & (sizeof (longword) - 1)) != 0;
+       --n)
+    if (*--char_ptr == c)
+      return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
+
+  /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
+     but the theory applies equally well to 8-byte longwords.  */
+
+  longword_ptr = (unsigned long int *) char_ptr;
+
+  /* Bits 31, 24, 16, and 8 of this number are zero.  Call these bits
+     the "holes."  Note that there is a hole just to the left of
+     each byte, with an extra at the end:
+
+     bits:  01111110 11111110 11111110 11111111
+     bytes: AAAAAAAA BBBBBBBB CCCCCCCC DDDDDDDD
+
+     The 1-bits make sure that carries propagate to the next 0-bit.
+     The 0-bits provide holes for carries to fall into.  */
+
+  if (sizeof (longword) != 4 && sizeof (longword) != 8)
+    abort ();
+
+#if LONG_MAX <= LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+  magic_bits = 0x7efefeff;
+#else
+  magic_bits = ((unsigned long int) 0x7efefefe << 32) | 0xfefefeff;
+#endif
+
+  /* Set up a longword, each of whose bytes is C.  */
+  charmask = c | (c << 8);
+  charmask |= charmask << 16;
+#if LONG_MAX > LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+  charmask |= charmask << 32;
+#endif
+
+  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each character,
+     we will test a longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing
+     if *any of the four* bytes in the longword in question are zero.  */
+  while (n >= sizeof (longword))
+    {
+      /* We tentatively exit the loop if adding MAGIC_BITS to
+	 LONGWORD fails to change any of the hole bits of LONGWORD.
+
+	 1) Is this safe?  Will it catch all the zero bytes?
+	 Suppose there is a byte with all zeros.  Any carry bits
+	 propagating from its left will fall into the hole at its
+	 least significant bit and stop.  Since there will be no
+	 carry from its most significant bit, the LSB of the
+	 byte to the left will be unchanged, and the zero will be
+	 detected.
+
+	 2) Is this worthwhile?  Will it ignore everything except
+	 zero bytes?  Suppose every byte of LONGWORD has a bit set
+	 somewhere.  There will be a carry into bit 8.  If bit 8
+	 is set, this will carry into bit 16.  If bit 8 is clear,
+	 one of bits 9-15 must be set, so there will be a carry
+	 into bit 16.  Similarly, there will be a carry into bit
+	 24.  If one of bits 24-30 is set, there will be a carry
+	 into bit 31, so all of the hole bits will be changed.
+
+	 The one misfire occurs when bits 24-30 are clear and bit
+	 31 is set; in this case, the hole at bit 31 is not
+	 changed.  If we had access to the processor carry flag,
+	 we could close this loophole by putting the fourth hole
+	 at bit 32!
+
+	 So it ignores everything except 128's, when they're aligned
+	 properly.
+
+	 3) But wait!  Aren't we looking for C, not zero?
+	 Good point.  So what we do is XOR LONGWORD with a longword,
+	 each of whose bytes is C.  This turns each byte that is C
+	 into a zero.  */
+
+      longword = *--longword_ptr ^ charmask;
+
+      /* Add MAGIC_BITS to LONGWORD.  */
+      if ((((longword + magic_bits)
+
+	    /* Set those bits that were unchanged by the addition.  */
+	    ^ ~longword)
+
+	   /* Look at only the hole bits.  If any of the hole bits
+	      are unchanged, most likely one of the bytes was a
+	      zero.  */
+	   & ~magic_bits) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* Which of the bytes was C?  If none of them were, it was
+	     a misfire; continue the search.  */
+
+	  const unsigned char *cp = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+#if LONG_MAX > 2147483647
+	  if (cp[7] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[7];
+	  if (cp[6] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[6];
+	  if (cp[5] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[5];
+	  if (cp[4] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[4];
+#endif
+	  if (cp[3] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[3];
+	  if (cp[2] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[2];
+	  if (cp[1] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[1];
+	  if (cp[0] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) cp;
+	}
+
+      n -= sizeof (longword);
+    }
+
+  char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+  while (n-- > 0)
+    {
+      if (*--char_ptr == c)
+	return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__memrchr, memrchr)
+#endif

lib/mkstemp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is derived from the one in the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Disable the definition of mkstemp to rpl_mkstemp (from config.h) in this
+   file.  Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_mkstemp on
+   most systems.  */
+#undef mkstemp
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifndef __GT_FILE
+# define __GT_FILE 0
+#endif
+
+int __gen_tempname ();
+
+/* Generate a unique temporary file name from TEMPLATE.
+   The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";
+   they are replaced with a string that makes the filename unique.
+   Then open the file and return a fd. */
+int
+rpl_mkstemp (char *template)
+{
+  return __gen_tempname (template, __GT_FILE);
+}

lib/obstack.c

@@ -0,0 +1,625 @@
+/* obstack.c - subroutines used implicitly by object stack macros
+
+   Copyright (C) 1988-1994, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "obstack.h"
+
+/* NOTE BEFORE MODIFYING THIS FILE: This version number must be
+   incremented whenever callers compiled using an old obstack.h can no
+   longer properly call the functions in this obstack.c.  */
+#define OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION 1
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself, and the installed library
+   supports the same library interface we do.  This code is part of the GNU
+   C Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object
+   files, it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>		/* Random thing to get __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1
+# include <gnu-versions.h>
+# if _GNU_OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#  define ELIDE_CODE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
+
+
+# ifdef __STDC__
+#  define POINTER void *
+# else
+#  define POINTER char *
+# endif
+
+/* Determine default alignment.  */
+struct fooalign {char x; double d;};
+# define DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT  \
+  ((PTR_INT_TYPE) ((char *) &((struct fooalign *) 0)->d - (char *) 0))
+/* If malloc were really smart, it would round addresses to DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT.
+   But in fact it might be less smart and round addresses to as much as
+   DEFAULT_ROUNDING.  So we prepare for it to do that.  */
+union fooround {long x; double d;};
+# define DEFAULT_ROUNDING (sizeof (union fooround))
+
+/* When we copy a long block of data, this is the unit to do it with.
+   On some machines, copying successive ints does not work;
+   in such a case, redefine COPYING_UNIT to `long' (if that works)
+   or `char' as a last resort.  */
+# ifndef COPYING_UNIT
+#  define COPYING_UNIT int
+# endif
+
+
+/* The functions allocating more room by calling `obstack_chunk_alloc'
+   jump to the handler pointed to by `obstack_alloc_failed_handler'.
+   This can be set to a user defined function which should either
+   abort gracefully or use longjump - but shouldn't return.  This
+   variable by default points to the internal function
+   `print_and_abort'.  */
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+static void print_and_abort (void);
+void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void) = print_and_abort;
+# else
+static void print_and_abort ();
+void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) () = print_and_abort;
+# endif
+
+/* Exit value used when `print_and_abort' is used.  */
+# if defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ || defined HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
+# ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
+#  define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+# endif
+int obstack_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
+
+/* The non-GNU-C macros copy the obstack into this global variable
+   to avoid multiple evaluation.  */
+
+struct obstack *_obstack;
+
+/* Define a macro that either calls functions with the traditional malloc/free
+   calling interface, or calls functions with the mmalloc/mfree interface
+   (that adds an extra first argument), based on the state of use_extra_arg.
+   For free, do not use ?:, since some compilers, like the MIPS compilers,
+   do not allow (expr) ? void : void.  */
+
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
+  (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+   ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
+   : (*(struct _obstack_chunk *(*) (long)) (h)->chunkfun) ((size)))
+
+#  define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \
+  do { \
+    if ((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+      (*(h)->freefun) ((h)->extra_arg, (old_chunk)); \
+    else \
+      (*(void (*) (void *)) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
+  } while (0)
+# else
+#  define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
+  (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+   ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
+   : (*(struct _obstack_chunk *(*) ()) (h)->chunkfun) ((size)))
+
+#  define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \
+  do { \
+    if ((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+      (*(h)->freefun) ((h)->extra_arg, (old_chunk)); \
+    else \
+      (*(void (*) ()) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
+  } while (0)
+# endif
+
+
+/* Initialize an obstack H for use.  Specify chunk size SIZE (0 means default).
+   Objects start on multiples of ALIGNMENT (0 means use default).
+   CHUNKFUN is the function to use to allocate chunks,
+   and FREEFUN the function to free them.
+
+   Return nonzero if successful, calls obstack_alloc_failed_handler if
+   allocation fails.  */
+
+int
+_obstack_begin (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     int size;
+     int alignment;
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) (long);
+     void (*freefun) (void *);
+# else
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) ();
+     void (*freefun) ();
+# endif
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */
+
+  if (alignment == 0)
+    alignment = (int) DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT;
+  if (size == 0)
+    /* Default size is what GNU malloc can fit in a 4096-byte block.  */
+    {
+      /* 12 is sizeof (mhead) and 4 is EXTRA from GNU malloc.
+	 Use the values for range checking, because if range checking is off,
+	 the extra bytes won't be missed terribly, but if range checking is on
+	 and we used a larger request, a whole extra 4096 bytes would be
+	 allocated.
+
+	 These number are irrelevant to the new GNU malloc.  I suspect it is
+	 less sensitive to the size of the request.  */
+      int extra = ((((12 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1))
+		    + 4 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)
+		   & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1));
+      size = 4096 - extra;
+    }
+
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *, long)) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
+# else
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = freefun;
+# endif
+  h->chunk_size = size;
+  h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
+  h->use_extra_arg = 0;
+
+  chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size);
+  if (!chunk)
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
+  h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents;
+  h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit
+    = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size;
+  chunk->prev = 0;
+  /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object.  */
+  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+int
+_obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     int size;
+     int alignment;
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) (POINTER, long);
+     void (*freefun) (POINTER, POINTER);
+# else
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) ();
+     void (*freefun) ();
+# endif
+     POINTER arg;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */
+
+  if (alignment == 0)
+    alignment = (int) DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT;
+  if (size == 0)
+    /* Default size is what GNU malloc can fit in a 4096-byte block.  */
+    {
+      /* 12 is sizeof (mhead) and 4 is EXTRA from GNU malloc.
+	 Use the values for range checking, because if range checking is off,
+	 the extra bytes won't be missed terribly, but if range checking is on
+	 and we used a larger request, a whole extra 4096 bytes would be
+	 allocated.
+
+	 These number are irrelevant to the new GNU malloc.  I suspect it is
+	 less sensitive to the size of the request.  */
+      int extra = ((((12 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1))
+		    + 4 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)
+		   & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1));
+      size = 4096 - extra;
+    }
+
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *,long)) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
+# else
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = freefun;
+# endif
+  h->chunk_size = size;
+  h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
+  h->extra_arg = arg;
+  h->use_extra_arg = 1;
+
+  chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size);
+  if (!chunk)
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
+  h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents;
+  h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit
+    = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size;
+  chunk->prev = 0;
+  /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object.  */
+  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Allocate a new current chunk for the obstack *H
+   on the assumption that LENGTH bytes need to be added
+   to the current object, or a new object of length LENGTH allocated.
+   Copies any partial object from the end of the old chunk
+   to the beginning of the new one.  */
+
+void
+_obstack_newchunk (h, length)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     int length;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *old_chunk = h->chunk;
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *new_chunk;
+  register long	new_size;
+  register long obj_size = h->next_free - h->object_base;
+  register long i;
+  long already;
+  char *object_base;
+
+  /* Compute size for new chunk.  */
+  new_size = (obj_size + length) + (obj_size >> 3) + h->alignment_mask + 100;
+  if (new_size < h->chunk_size)
+    new_size = h->chunk_size;
+
+  /* Allocate and initialize the new chunk.  */
+  new_chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, new_size);
+  if (!new_chunk)
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
+  h->chunk = new_chunk;
+  new_chunk->prev = old_chunk;
+  new_chunk->limit = h->chunk_limit = (char *) new_chunk + new_size;
+
+  /* Compute an aligned object_base in the new chunk */
+  object_base =
+    __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT (new_chunk->contents) + h->alignment_mask)
+		  & ~ (h->alignment_mask));
+
+  /* Move the existing object to the new chunk.
+     Word at a time is fast and is safe if the object
+     is sufficiently aligned.  */
+  if (h->alignment_mask + 1 >= DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT)
+    {
+      for (i = obj_size / sizeof (COPYING_UNIT) - 1;
+	   i >= 0; i--)
+	((COPYING_UNIT *)object_base)[i]
+	  = ((COPYING_UNIT *)h->object_base)[i];
+      /* We used to copy the odd few remaining bytes as one extra COPYING_UNIT,
+	 but that can cross a page boundary on a machine
+	 which does not do strict alignment for COPYING_UNITS.  */
+      already = obj_size / sizeof (COPYING_UNIT) * sizeof (COPYING_UNIT);
+    }
+  else
+    already = 0;
+  /* Copy remaining bytes one by one.  */
+  for (i = already; i < obj_size; i++)
+    object_base[i] = h->object_base[i];
+
+  /* If the object just copied was the only data in OLD_CHUNK,
+     free that chunk and remove it from the chain.
+     But not if that chunk might contain an empty object.  */
+  if (h->object_base == old_chunk->contents && ! h->maybe_empty_object)
+    {
+      new_chunk->prev = old_chunk->prev;
+      CALL_FREEFUN (h, old_chunk);
+    }
+
+  h->object_base = object_base;
+  h->next_free = h->object_base + obj_size;
+  /* The new chunk certainly contains no empty object yet.  */
+  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+}
+
+/* Return nonzero if object OBJ has been allocated from obstack H.
+   This is here for debugging.
+   If you use it in a program, you are probably losing.  */
+
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+/* Suppress -Wmissing-prototypes warning.  We don't want to declare this in
+   obstack.h because it is just for debugging.  */
+int _obstack_allocated_p (struct obstack *h, POINTER obj);
+# endif
+
+int
+_obstack_allocated_p (h, obj)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     POINTER obj;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+
+  lp = (h)->chunk;
+  /* We use >= rather than > since the object cannot be exactly at
+     the beginning of the chunk but might be an empty object exactly
+     at the end of an adjacent chunk.  */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
+    {
+      plp = lp->prev;
+      lp = plp;
+    }
+  return lp != 0;
+}
+
+/* Free objects in obstack H, including OBJ and everything allocate
+   more recently than OBJ.  If OBJ is zero, free everything in H.  */
+
+# undef obstack_free
+
+/* This function has two names with identical definitions.
+   This is the first one, called from non-ANSI code.  */
+
+void
+_obstack_free (h, obj)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     POINTER obj;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+
+  lp = h->chunk;
+  /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk.
+     But there can be an empty object at that address
+     at the end of another chunk.  */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
+    {
+      plp = lp->prev;
+      CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp);
+      lp = plp;
+      /* If we switch chunks, we can't tell whether the new current
+	 chunk contains an empty object, so assume that it may.  */
+      h->maybe_empty_object = 1;
+    }
+  if (lp)
+    {
+      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj);
+      h->chunk_limit = lp->limit;
+      h->chunk = lp;
+    }
+  else if (obj != 0)
+    /* obj is not in any of the chunks! */
+    abort ();
+}
+
+/* This function is used from ANSI code.  */
+
+void
+obstack_free (h, obj)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     POINTER obj;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+
+  lp = h->chunk;
+  /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk.
+     But there can be an empty object at that address
+     at the end of another chunk.  */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
+    {
+      plp = lp->prev;
+      CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp);
+      lp = plp;
+      /* If we switch chunks, we can't tell whether the new current
+	 chunk contains an empty object, so assume that it may.  */
+      h->maybe_empty_object = 1;
+    }
+  if (lp)
+    {
+      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj);
+      h->chunk_limit = lp->limit;
+      h->chunk = lp;
+    }
+  else if (obj != 0)
+    /* obj is not in any of the chunks! */
+    abort ();
+}
+
+int
+_obstack_memory_used (h)
+     struct obstack *h;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk* lp;
+  register int nbytes = 0;
+
+  for (lp = h->chunk; lp != 0; lp = lp->prev)
+    {
+      nbytes += lp->limit - (char *) lp;
+    }
+  return nbytes;
+}
+
+/* Define the error handler.  */
+# ifndef _
+#  if (HAVE_LIBINTL_H && ENABLE_NLS) || defined _LIBC
+#   include <libintl.h>
+#   ifndef _
+#    define _(Str) gettext (Str)
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   define _(Str) (Str)
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+#  include <libio/iolibio.h>
+#  define fputs(s, f) _IO_fputs (s, f)
+# endif
+
+# ifndef __attribute__
+/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
+#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5)
+#   define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+static void
+__attribute__ ((noreturn))
+print_and_abort ()
+{
+  /* Don't change any of these strings.  Yes, it would be possible to add
+     the newline to the string and use fputs or so.  But this must not
+     happen because the "memory exhausted" message appears in other places
+     like this and the translation should be reused instead of creating
+     a very similar string which requires a separate translation.  */
+# if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s\n", _("memory exhausted"));
+  else
+# endif
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", _("memory exhausted"));
+  exit (obstack_exit_failure);
+}
+
+# if 0
+/* These are now turned off because the applications do not use it
+   and it uses bcopy via obstack_grow, which causes trouble on sysV.  */
+
+/* Now define the functional versions of the obstack macros.
+   Define them to simply use the corresponding macros to do the job.  */
+
+#  if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+/* These function definitions do not work with non-ANSI preprocessors;
+   they won't pass through the macro names in parentheses.  */
+
+/* The function names appear in parentheses in order to prevent
+   the macro-definitions of the names from being expanded there.  */
+
+POINTER (obstack_base) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_base (obstack);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_next_free) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_next_free (obstack);
+}
+
+int (obstack_object_size) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_object_size (obstack);
+}
+
+int (obstack_room) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_room (obstack);
+}
+
+int (obstack_make_room) (obstack, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int length;
+{
+  return obstack_make_room (obstack, length);
+}
+
+void (obstack_grow) (obstack, data, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     const POINTER data;
+     int length;
+{
+  obstack_grow (obstack, data, length);
+}
+
+void (obstack_grow0) (obstack, data, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     const POINTER data;
+     int length;
+{
+  obstack_grow0 (obstack, data, length);
+}
+
+void (obstack_1grow) (obstack, character)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int character;
+{
+  obstack_1grow (obstack, character);
+}
+
+void (obstack_blank) (obstack, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int length;
+{
+  obstack_blank (obstack, length);
+}
+
+void (obstack_1grow_fast) (obstack, character)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int character;
+{
+  obstack_1grow_fast (obstack, character);
+}
+
+void (obstack_blank_fast) (obstack, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int length;
+{
+  obstack_blank_fast (obstack, length);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_finish) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_finish (obstack);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_alloc) (obstack, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int length;
+{
+  return obstack_alloc (obstack, length);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_copy) (obstack, address, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     const POINTER address;
+     int length;
+{
+  return obstack_copy (obstack, address, length);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_copy0) (obstack, address, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     const POINTER address;
+     int length;
+{
+  return obstack_copy0 (obstack, address, length);
+}
+
+#  endif /* PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) */
+
+# endif /* 0 */
+
+#endif	/* !ELIDE_CODE */

lib/obstack.h

@@ -0,0 +1,614 @@
+/* obstack.h - object stack macros
+
+   Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1997,
+   1998, 1999, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to [email protected].
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Summary:
+
+All the apparent functions defined here are macros. The idea
+is that you would use these pre-tested macros to solve a
+very specific set of problems, and they would run fast.
+Caution: no side-effects in arguments please!! They may be
+evaluated MANY times!!
+
+These macros operate a stack of objects.  Each object starts life
+small, and may grow to maturity.  (Consider building a word syllable
+by syllable.)  An object can move while it is growing.  Once it has
+been "finished" it never changes address again.  So the "top of the
+stack" is typically an immature growing object, while the rest of the
+stack is of mature, fixed size and fixed address objects.
+
+These routines grab large chunks of memory, using a function you
+supply, called `obstack_chunk_alloc'.  On occasion, they free chunks,
+by calling `obstack_chunk_free'.  You must define them and declare
+them before using any obstack macros.
+
+Each independent stack is represented by a `struct obstack'.
+Each of the obstack macros expects a pointer to such a structure
+as the first argument.
+
+One motivation for this package is the problem of growing char strings
+in symbol tables.  Unless you are "fascist pig with a read-only mind"
+--Gosper's immortal quote from HAKMEM item 154, out of context--you
+would not like to put any arbitrary upper limit on the length of your
+symbols.
+
+In practice this often means you will build many short symbols and a
+few long symbols.  At the time you are reading a symbol you don't know
+how long it is.  One traditional method is to read a symbol into a
+buffer, realloc()ating the buffer every time you try to read a symbol
+that is longer than the buffer.  This is beaut, but you still will
+want to copy the symbol from the buffer to a more permanent
+symbol-table entry say about half the time.
+
+With obstacks, you can work differently.  Use one obstack for all symbol
+names.  As you read a symbol, grow the name in the obstack gradually.
+When the name is complete, finalize it.  Then, if the symbol exists already,
+free the newly read name.
+
+The way we do this is to take a large chunk, allocating memory from
+low addresses.  When you want to build a symbol in the chunk you just
+add chars above the current "high water mark" in the chunk.  When you
+have finished adding chars, because you got to the end of the symbol,
+you know how long the chars are, and you can create a new object.
+Mostly the chars will not burst over the highest address of the chunk,
+because you would typically expect a chunk to be (say) 100 times as
+long as an average object.
+
+In case that isn't clear, when we have enough chars to make up
+the object, THEY ARE ALREADY CONTIGUOUS IN THE CHUNK (guaranteed)
+so we just point to it where it lies.  No moving of chars is
+needed and this is the second win: potentially long strings need
+never be explicitly shuffled. Once an object is formed, it does not
+change its address during its lifetime.
+
+When the chars burst over a chunk boundary, we allocate a larger
+chunk, and then copy the partly formed object from the end of the old
+chunk to the beginning of the new larger chunk.  We then carry on
+accreting characters to the end of the object as we normally would.
+
+A special macro is provided to add a single char at a time to a
+growing object.  This allows the use of register variables, which
+break the ordinary 'growth' macro.
+
+Summary:
+	We allocate large chunks.
+	We carve out one object at a time from the current chunk.
+	Once carved, an object never moves.
+	We are free to append data of any size to the currently
+	  growing object.
+	Exactly one object is growing in an obstack at any one time.
+	You can run one obstack per control block.
+	You may have as many control blocks as you dare.
+	Because of the way we do it, you can `unwind' an obstack
+	  back to a previous state. (You may remove objects much
+	  as you would with a stack.)
+*/
+
+
+/* Don't do the contents of this file more than once.  */
+
+#ifndef _OBSTACK_H
+#define _OBSTACK_H 1
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* We use subtraction of (char *) 0 instead of casting to int
+   because on word-addressable machines a simple cast to int
+   may ignore the byte-within-word field of the pointer.  */
+
+#ifndef __PTR_TO_INT
+# define __PTR_TO_INT(P) ((P) - (char *) 0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __INT_TO_PTR
+# ifdef __STDC__
+#  define __INT_TO_PTR(P) ((void *) ((P) + (char *) 0))
+# else
+#  define __INT_TO_PTR(P) ((P) + (char *) 0)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* We need the type of the resulting object.  If __PTRDIFF_TYPE__ is
+   defined, as with GNU C, use that; that way we don't pollute the
+   namespace with <stddef.h>'s symbols.  Otherwise, if <stddef.h> is
+   available, include it and use ptrdiff_t.  In traditional C, long is
+   the best that we can do.  */
+
+#ifdef __PTRDIFF_TYPE__
+# define PTR_INT_TYPE __PTRDIFF_TYPE__
+#else
+# ifdef HAVE_STDDEF_H
+#  include <stddef.h>
+#  define PTR_INT_TYPE ptrdiff_t
+# else
+#  define PTR_INT_TYPE long
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+# define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) memcpy ((To), (From), (N))
+#else
+# ifdef memcpy
+#  define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) memcpy ((To), (From), (N))
+# else
+#  define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) bcopy ((From), (To), (N))
+# endif
+#endif
+
+struct _obstack_chunk		/* Lives at front of each chunk. */
+{
+  char  *limit;			/* 1 past end of this chunk */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *prev;	/* address of prior chunk or NULL */
+  char	contents[4];		/* objects begin here */
+};
+
+struct obstack		/* control current object in current chunk */
+{
+  long	chunk_size;		/* preferred size to allocate chunks in */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *chunk;	/* address of current struct obstack_chunk */
+  char	*object_base;		/* address of object we are building */
+  char	*next_free;		/* where to add next char to current object */
+  char	*chunk_limit;		/* address of char after current chunk */
+  PTR_INT_TYPE temp;		/* Temporary for some macros.  */
+  int   alignment_mask;		/* Mask of alignment for each object. */
+#if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+  /* These prototypes vary based on `use_extra_arg', and we use
+     casts to the prototypeless function type in all assignments,
+     but having prototypes here quiets -Wstrict-prototypes.  */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (void *, long);
+  void (*freefun) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *);
+  void *extra_arg;		/* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */
+#else
+  struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (); /* User's fcn to allocate a chunk.  */
+  void (*freefun) ();		/* User's function to free a chunk.  */
+  char *extra_arg;		/* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */
+#endif
+  unsigned use_extra_arg:1;	/* chunk alloc/dealloc funcs take extra arg */
+  unsigned maybe_empty_object:1;/* There is a possibility that the current
+				   chunk contains a zero-length object.  This
+				   prevents freeing the chunk if we allocate
+				   a bigger chunk to replace it. */
+  unsigned alloc_failed:1;	/* No longer used, as we now call the failed
+				   handler on error, but retained for binary
+				   compatibility.  */
+};
+
+/* Declare the external functions we use; they are in obstack.c.  */
+
+#if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+extern void _obstack_newchunk (struct obstack *, int);
+extern void _obstack_free (struct obstack *, void *);
+extern int _obstack_begin (struct obstack *, int, int,
+			    void *(*) (long), void (*) (void *));
+extern int _obstack_begin_1 (struct obstack *, int, int,
+			     void *(*) (void *, long),
+			     void (*) (void *, void *), void *);
+extern int _obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *);
+#else
+extern void _obstack_newchunk ();
+extern void _obstack_free ();
+extern int _obstack_begin ();
+extern int _obstack_begin_1 ();
+extern int _obstack_memory_used ();
+#endif
+
+#if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+
+/* Do the function-declarations after the structs
+   but before defining the macros.  */
+
+void obstack_init (struct obstack *obstack);
+
+void * obstack_alloc (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
+
+void * obstack_copy (struct obstack *obstack, const void *address, int size);
+void * obstack_copy0 (struct obstack *obstack, const void *address, int size);
+
+void obstack_free (struct obstack *obstack, void *block);
+
+void obstack_blank (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
+
+void obstack_grow (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data, int size);
+void obstack_grow0 (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data, int size);
+
+void obstack_1grow (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char);
+void obstack_ptr_grow (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data);
+void obstack_int_grow (struct obstack *obstack, int data);
+
+void * obstack_finish (struct obstack *obstack);
+
+int obstack_object_size (struct obstack *obstack);
+
+int obstack_room (struct obstack *obstack);
+void obstack_make_room (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
+void obstack_1grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char);
+void obstack_ptr_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data);
+void obstack_int_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data);
+void obstack_blank_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
+
+void * obstack_base (struct obstack *obstack);
+void * obstack_next_free (struct obstack *obstack);
+int obstack_alignment_mask (struct obstack *obstack);
+int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
+int obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *obstack);
+
+#endif /* PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) */
+
+/* Non-ANSI C cannot really support alternative functions for these macros,
+   so we do not declare them.  */
+
+/* Error handler called when `obstack_chunk_alloc' failed to allocate
+   more memory.  This can be set to a user defined function which
+   should either abort gracefully or use longjump - but shouldn't
+   return.  The default action is to print a message and abort.  */
+#if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+extern void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void);
+#else
+extern void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
+#endif
+
+/* Exit value used when `print_and_abort' is used.  */
+extern int obstack_exit_failure;
+
+/* Pointer to beginning of object being allocated or to be allocated next.
+   Note that this might not be the final address of the object
+   because a new chunk might be needed to hold the final size.  */
+
+#define obstack_base(h) ((h)->object_base)
+
+/* Size for allocating ordinary chunks.  */
+
+#define obstack_chunk_size(h) ((h)->chunk_size)
+
+/* Pointer to next byte not yet allocated in current chunk.  */
+
+#define obstack_next_free(h)	((h)->next_free)
+
+/* Mask specifying low bits that should be clear in address of an object.  */
+
+#define obstack_alignment_mask(h) ((h)->alignment_mask)
+
+/* To prevent prototype warnings provide complete argument list in
+   standard C version.  */
+#if PROTOYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+
+# define obstack_init(h)					\
+  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0,					\
+		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, 	\
+		  (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+# define obstack_begin(h, size)					\
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0,				\
+		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, 	\
+		  (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+# define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment),				   \
+		  (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), 			   \
+		  (void (*) (void *)) (freefun))
+
+# define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
+  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment),				\
+		    (void *(*) (void *, long)) (chunkfun),		\
+		    (void (*) (void *, void *)) (freefun), (arg))
+
+# define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \
+  ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)(void *, long)) (newchunkfun))
+
+# define obstack_freefun(h, newfreefun) \
+  ((h) -> freefun = (void (*)(void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) (newfreefun))
+
+#else
+
+# define obstack_init(h)						\
+  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0,						\
+		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc, 			\
+		  (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+# define obstack_begin(h, size)						\
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0,					\
+		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc,			\
+		  (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+# define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment),				   \
+		  (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), 				   \
+		  (void (*) ()) (freefun))
+
+# define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
+  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment),				\
+		    (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), 				\
+		    (void (*) ()) (freefun), (arg))
+
+# define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \
+  ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)()) (newchunkfun))
+
+# define obstack_freefun(h, newfreefun) \
+  ((h) -> freefun = (void (*)()) (newfreefun))
+
+#endif
+
+#define obstack_1grow_fast(h,achar) (*((h)->next_free)++ = achar)
+
+#define obstack_blank_fast(h,n) ((h)->next_free += (n))
+
+#define obstack_memory_used(h) _obstack_memory_used (h)
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ && defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+/* NextStep 2.0 cc is really gcc 1.93 but it defines __GNUC__ = 2 and
+   does not implement __extension__.  But that compiler doesn't define
+   __GNUC_MINOR__.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__NeXT__ && !__GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define __extension__
+# endif
+
+/* For GNU C, if not -traditional,
+   we can define these macros to compute all args only once
+   without using a global variable.
+   Also, we can avoid using the `temp' slot, to make faster code.  */
+
+# define obstack_object_size(OBSTACK)					\
+  __extension__								\
+  ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+     (unsigned) (__o->next_free - __o->object_base); })
+
+# define obstack_room(OBSTACK)						\
+  __extension__								\
+  ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+     (unsigned) (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free); })
+
+# define obstack_make_room(OBSTACK,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   int __len = (length);						\
+   if (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free < __len)			\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_empty_p(OBSTACK)					\
+  __extension__								\
+  ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+     (__o->chunk->prev == 0 && __o->next_free - __o->chunk->contents == 0); })
+
+# define obstack_grow(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   int __len = (length);						\
+   if (__o->next_free + __len > __o->chunk_limit)			\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
+   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (where), __len);			\
+   __o->next_free += __len;						\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_grow0(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   int __len = (length);						\
+   if (__o->next_free + __len + 1 > __o->chunk_limit)			\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len + 1);				\
+   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (where), __len);			\
+   __o->next_free += __len;						\
+   *(__o->next_free)++ = 0;						\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_1grow(OBSTACK,datum)					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   if (__o->next_free + 1 > __o->chunk_limit)				\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, 1);					\
+   *(__o->next_free)++ = (datum);					\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+/* These assume that the obstack alignment is good enough for pointers
+   or ints, and that the data added so far to the current object
+   shares that much alignment.  */
+
+# define obstack_ptr_grow(OBSTACK,datum)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   if (__o->next_free + sizeof (void *) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (void *));				\
+   *((void **)__o->next_free)++ = (datum);				\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_int_grow(OBSTACK,datum)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   if (__o->next_free + sizeof (int) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (int));				\
+   *((int *)__o->next_free)++ = (datum);				\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr)					\
+  (*((void **) (h)->next_free)++ = (aptr))
+
+# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint)					\
+  (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (aint))
+
+# define obstack_blank(OBSTACK,length)					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   int __len = (length);						\
+   if (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free < __len)			\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
+   __o->next_free += __len;						\
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_alloc(OBSTACK,length)					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK);					\
+   obstack_blank (__h, (length));					\
+   obstack_finish (__h); })
+
+# define obstack_copy(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK);					\
+   obstack_grow (__h, (where), (length));				\
+   obstack_finish (__h); })
+
+# define obstack_copy0(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK);					\
+   obstack_grow0 (__h, (where), (length));				\
+   obstack_finish (__h); })
+
+/* The local variable is named __o1 to avoid a name conflict
+   when obstack_blank is called.  */
+# define obstack_finish(OBSTACK)  					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o1 = (OBSTACK);					\
+   void *value;								\
+   value = (void *) __o1->object_base;					\
+   if (__o1->next_free == value)					\
+     __o1->maybe_empty_object = 1;					\
+   __o1->next_free							\
+     = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT (__o1->next_free)+__o1->alignment_mask)\
+		     & ~ (__o1->alignment_mask));			\
+   if (__o1->next_free - (char *)__o1->chunk				\
+       > __o1->chunk_limit - (char *)__o1->chunk)			\
+     __o1->next_free = __o1->chunk_limit;				\
+   __o1->object_base = __o1->next_free;					\
+   value; })
+
+# define obstack_free(OBSTACK, OBJ)					\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   void *__obj = (OBJ);							\
+   if (__obj > (void *)__o->chunk && __obj < (void *)__o->chunk_limit)  \
+     __o->next_free = __o->object_base = (char *)__obj;			\
+   else (obstack_free) (__o, __obj); })
+
+#else /* not __GNUC__ or not __STDC__ */
+
+# define obstack_object_size(h) \
+ (unsigned) ((h)->next_free - (h)->object_base)
+
+# define obstack_room(h)		\
+ (unsigned) ((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free)
+
+# define obstack_empty_p(h) \
+ ((h)->chunk->prev == 0 && (h)->next_free - (h)->chunk->contents == 0)
+
+/* Note that the call to _obstack_newchunk is enclosed in (..., 0)
+   so that we can avoid having void expressions
+   in the arms of the conditional expression.
+   Casting the third operand to void was tried before,
+   but some compilers won't accept it.  */
+
+# define obstack_make_room(h,length)					\
+( (h)->temp = (length),							\
+  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0))
+
+# define obstack_grow(h,where,length)					\
+( (h)->temp = (length),							\
+  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0),			\
+  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (where), (h)->temp),			\
+  (h)->next_free += (h)->temp)
+
+# define obstack_grow0(h,where,length)					\
+( (h)->temp = (length),							\
+  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp + 1), 0) : 0),			\
+  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (where), (h)->temp),			\
+  (h)->next_free += (h)->temp,						\
+  *((h)->next_free)++ = 0)
+
+# define obstack_1grow(h,datum)						\
+( (((h)->next_free + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit)				\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), 1), 0) : 0),				\
+  (*((h)->next_free)++ = (datum)))
+
+# define obstack_ptr_grow(h,datum)					\
+( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (char *) > (h)->chunk_limit)		\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (char *)), 0) : 0),		\
+  (*((const char **) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(char *))-sizeof(char *))) = (datum)))
+
+# define obstack_int_grow(h,datum)					\
+( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (int) > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (int)), 0) : 0),			\
+  (*((int *) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(int))-sizeof(int))) = (datum)))
+
+# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr)					\
+  (*((const char **) (h)->next_free)++ = (aptr))
+
+# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint)					\
+  (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (aint))
+
+# define obstack_blank(h,length)					\
+( (h)->temp = (length),							\
+  (((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free < (h)->temp)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0),			\
+  ((h)->next_free += (h)->temp))
+
+# define obstack_alloc(h,length)					\
+ (obstack_blank ((h), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
+
+# define obstack_copy(h,where,length)					\
+ (obstack_grow ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
+
+# define obstack_copy0(h,where,length)					\
+ (obstack_grow0 ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
+
+# define obstack_finish(h)  						\
+( ((h)->next_free == (h)->object_base					\
+   ? (((h)->maybe_empty_object = 1), 0)					\
+   : 0),								\
+  (h)->temp = __PTR_TO_INT ((h)->object_base),				\
+  (h)->next_free							\
+    = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT ((h)->next_free)+(h)->alignment_mask)	\
+		    & ~ ((h)->alignment_mask)),				\
+  (((h)->next_free - (char *) (h)->chunk				\
+    > (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
+   ? ((h)->next_free = (h)->chunk_limit) : 0),				\
+  (h)->object_base = (h)->next_free,					\
+  __INT_TO_PTR ((h)->temp))
+
+# if PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define obstack_free(h,obj)						\
+( (h)->temp = (char *) (obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
+  (((h)->temp > 0 && (h)->temp < (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)\
+   ? (int) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base				\
+	    = (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
+   : (((obstack_free) ((h), (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk), 0), 0)))
+# else
+#  define obstack_free(h,obj)						\
+( (h)->temp = (char *) (obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
+  (((h)->temp > 0 && (h)->temp < (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)\
+   ? (int) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base				\
+	    = (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
+   : (_obstack_free ((h), (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk), 0)))
+# endif
+
+#endif /* not __GNUC__ or not __STDC__ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}	/* C++ */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* obstack.h */

lib/quote.c

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* quote.c - quote arguments for output
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <[email protected]> */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>  /* For the definition of size_t on windows w/MSVC.  */
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "quotearg.h"
+#include "quote.h"
+
+/* Return an unambiguous printable representated, allocated in slot N,
+   for NAME, suitable for diagnostics.  */
+char const *
+quote_n (int n, char const *name)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_style (n, locale_quoting_style, name);
+}
+
+/* Return an unambiguous printable representation of NAME, suitable
+   for diagnostics.  */
+char const *
+quote (char const *name)
+{
+  return quote_n (0, name);
+}

lib/quote.h

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* quote.h - prototypes for quote.c
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+char const *quote_n PARAMS ((int n, char const *name));
+char const *quote PARAMS ((char const *name));

lib/quotearg.c

@@ -0,0 +1,662 @@
+/* quotearg.c - quote arguments for output
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <[email protected]> */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>  /* For the definition of size_t on windows w/MSVC.  */
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "quotearg.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(text) gettext (text)
+#else
+# define _(text) text
+#endif
+#define N_(text) text
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+#endif
+#ifndef UCHAR_MAX
+# define UCHAR_MAX ((unsigned char) -1)
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT_MAX
+# define UINT_MAX ((unsigned int) -1)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A
+# define ALERT_CHAR '\a'
+#else
+# define ALERT_CHAR '\7'
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_H
+
+/* BSD/OS 4.1 wchar.h requires FILE and struct tm to be declared.  */
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <time.h>
+
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_MBRTOWC
+/* Disable multibyte processing entirely.  Since MB_CUR_MAX is 1, the
+   other macros are defined only for documentation and to satisfy C
+   syntax.  */
+# undef MB_CUR_MAX
+# define MB_CUR_MAX 1
+# define mbrtowc(pwc, s, n, ps) ((*(pwc) = *(s)) != 0)
+# define iswprint(wc) ISPRINT ((unsigned char) (wc))
+# undef HAVE_MBSINIT
+#endif
+
+#if !defined mbsinit && !HAVE_MBSINIT
+# define mbsinit(ps) 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef iswprint
+# if HAVE_WCTYPE_H
+#  include <wctype.h>
+# endif
+# if !defined iswprint && !HAVE_ISWPRINT
+#  define iswprint(wc) 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#define INT_BITS (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT)
+
+#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+#endif
+
+/* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
+#undef ISPRINT
+#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
+
+struct quoting_options
+{
+  /* Basic quoting style.  */
+  enum quoting_style style;
+
+  /* Quote the characters indicated by this bit vector even if the
+     quoting style would not normally require them to be quoted.  */
+  int quote_these_too[(UCHAR_MAX / INT_BITS) + 1];
+};
+
+/* Names of quoting styles.  */
+char const *const quoting_style_args[] =
+{
+  "literal",
+  "shell",
+  "shell-always",
+  "c",
+  "escape",
+  "locale",
+  "clocale",
+  0
+};
+
+/* Correspondences to quoting style names.  */
+enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[] =
+{
+  literal_quoting_style,
+  shell_quoting_style,
+  shell_always_quoting_style,
+  c_quoting_style,
+  escape_quoting_style,
+  locale_quoting_style,
+  clocale_quoting_style
+};
+
+/* The default quoting options.  */
+static struct quoting_options default_quoting_options;
+
+/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
+   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
+   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
+struct quoting_options *
+clone_quoting_options (struct quoting_options *o)
+{
+  struct quoting_options *p
+    = (struct quoting_options *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct quoting_options));
+  *p = *(o ? o : &default_quoting_options);
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
+enum quoting_style
+get_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o)
+{
+  return (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style;
+}
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
+void
+set_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o, enum quoting_style s)
+{
+  (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style = s;
+}
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
+   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
+   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
+   it would not otherwise be quoted).  */
+int
+set_char_quoting (struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i)
+{
+  unsigned char uc = c;
+  int *p = (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->quote_these_too + uc / INT_BITS;
+  int shift = uc % INT_BITS;
+  int r = (*p >> shift) & 1;
+  *p ^= ((i & 1) ^ r) << shift;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* MSGID approximates a quotation mark.  Return its translation if it
+   has one; otherwise, return either it or "\"", depending on S.  */
+static char const *
+gettext_quote (char const *msgid, enum quoting_style s)
+{
+  char const *translation = _(msgid);
+  if (translation == msgid && s == clocale_quoting_style)
+    translation = "\"";
+  return translation;
+}
+
+/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
+   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using QUOTING_STYLE and the
+   non-quoting-style part of O to control quoting.
+   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
+   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
+   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
+   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
+   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.
+
+   This function acts like quotearg_buffer (BUFFER, BUFFERSIZE, ARG,
+   ARGSIZE, O), except it uses QUOTING_STYLE instead of the quoting
+   style specified by O, and O may not be null.  */
+
+static size_t
+quotearg_buffer_restyled (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
+			  char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+			  enum quoting_style quoting_style,
+			  struct quoting_options const *o)
+{
+  size_t i;
+  size_t len = 0;
+  char const *quote_string = 0;
+  size_t quote_string_len = 0;
+  int backslash_escapes = 0;
+  int unibyte_locale = MB_CUR_MAX == 1;
+
+#define STORE(c) \
+    do \
+      { \
+	if (len < buffersize) \
+	  buffer[len] = (c); \
+	len++; \
+      } \
+    while (0)
+
+  switch (quoting_style)
+    {
+    case c_quoting_style:
+      STORE ('"');
+      backslash_escapes = 1;
+      quote_string = "\"";
+      quote_string_len = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case escape_quoting_style:
+      backslash_escapes = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case locale_quoting_style:
+    case clocale_quoting_style:
+      {
+	/* Get translations for open and closing quotation marks.
+
+	   The message catalog should translate "`" to a left
+	   quotation mark suitable for the locale, and similarly for
+	   "'".  If the catalog has no translation,
+	   locale_quoting_style quotes `like this', and
+	   clocale_quoting_style quotes "like this".
+
+	   For example, an American English Unicode locale should
+	   translate "`" to U+201C (LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK), and
+	   should translate "'" to U+201D (RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION
+	   MARK).  A British English Unicode locale should instead
+	   translate these to U+2018 (LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK) and
+	   U+2019 (RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK), respectively.  */
+
+	char const *left = gettext_quote (N_("`"), quoting_style);
+	char const *right = gettext_quote (N_("'"), quoting_style);
+	for (quote_string = left; *quote_string; quote_string++)
+	  STORE (*quote_string);
+	backslash_escapes = 1;
+	quote_string = right;
+	quote_string_len = strlen (quote_string);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case shell_always_quoting_style:
+      STORE ('\'');
+      quote_string = "'";
+      quote_string_len = 1;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  for (i = 0;  ! (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize);  i++)
+    {
+      unsigned char c;
+      unsigned char esc;
+
+      if (backslash_escapes
+	  && quote_string_len
+	  && i + quote_string_len <= argsize
+	  && memcmp (arg + i, quote_string, quote_string_len) == 0)
+	STORE ('\\');
+
+      c = arg[i];
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case '\0':
+	  if (backslash_escapes)
+	    {
+	      STORE ('\\');
+	      STORE ('0');
+	      STORE ('0');
+	      c = '0';
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case '?':
+	  switch (quoting_style)
+	    {
+	    case shell_quoting_style:
+	      goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
+
+	    case c_quoting_style:
+	      if (i + 2 < argsize && arg[i + 1] == '?')
+		switch (arg[i + 2])
+		  {
+		  case '!': case '\'':
+		  case '(': case ')': case '-': case '/':
+		  case '<': case '=': case '>':
+		    /* Escape the second '?' in what would otherwise be
+		       a trigraph.  */
+		    i += 2;
+		    c = arg[i + 2];
+		    STORE ('?');
+		    STORE ('\\');
+		    STORE ('?');
+		    break;
+		  }
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case ALERT_CHAR: esc = 'a'; goto c_escape;
+	case '\b': esc = 'b'; goto c_escape;
+	case '\f': esc = 'f'; goto c_escape;
+	case '\n': esc = 'n'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
+	case '\r': esc = 'r'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
+	case '\t': esc = 't'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
+	case '\v': esc = 'v'; goto c_escape;
+	case '\\': esc = c; goto c_and_shell_escape;
+
+	c_and_shell_escape:
+	  if (quoting_style == shell_quoting_style)
+	    goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
+	c_escape:
+	  if (backslash_escapes)
+	    {
+	      c = esc;
+	      goto store_escape;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case '#': case '~':
+	  if (i != 0)
+	    break;
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case ' ':
+	case '!': /* special in bash */
+	case '"': case '$': case '&':
+	case '(': case ')': case '*': case ';':
+	case '<': case '>': case '[':
+	case '^': /* special in old /bin/sh, e.g. SunOS 4.1.4 */
+	case '`': case '|':
+	  /* A shell special character.  In theory, '$' and '`' could
+	     be the first bytes of multibyte characters, which means
+	     we should check them with mbrtowc, but in practice this
+	     doesn't happen so it's not worth worrying about.  */
+	  if (quoting_style == shell_quoting_style)
+	    goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
+	  break;
+
+	case '\'':
+	  switch (quoting_style)
+	    {
+	    case shell_quoting_style:
+	      goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
+
+	    case shell_always_quoting_style:
+	      STORE ('\'');
+	      STORE ('\\');
+	      STORE ('\'');
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case '%': case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
+	case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+	case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': case ':': case '=':
+	case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
+	case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
+	case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
+	case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
+	case 'Y': case 'Z': case ']': case '_': case 'a': case 'b':
+	case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': case 'g': case 'h':
+	case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n':
+	case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
+	case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y': case 'z':
+	case '{': case '}':
+	  /* These characters don't cause problems, no matter what the
+	     quoting style is.  They cannot start multibyte sequences.  */
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  /* If we have a multibyte sequence, copy it until we reach
+	     its end, find an error, or come back to the initial shift
+	     state.  For C-like styles, if the sequence has
+	     unprintable characters, escape the whole sequence, since
+	     we can't easily escape single characters within it.  */
+	  {
+	    /* Length of multibyte sequence found so far.  */
+	    size_t m;
+
+	    int printable;
+
+	    if (unibyte_locale)
+	      {
+		m = 1;
+		printable = ISPRINT (c);
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		mbstate_t mbstate;
+		memset (&mbstate, 0, sizeof mbstate);
+
+		m = 0;
+		printable = 1;
+		if (argsize == (size_t) -1)
+		  argsize = strlen (arg);
+
+		do
+		  {
+		    wchar_t w;
+		    size_t bytes = mbrtowc (&w, &arg[i + m],
+					    argsize - (i + m), &mbstate);
+		    if (bytes == 0)
+		      break;
+		    else if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
+		      {
+			printable = 0;
+			break;
+		      }
+		    else if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
+		      {
+			printable = 0;
+			while (i + m < argsize && arg[i + m])
+			  m++;
+			break;
+		      }
+		    else
+		      {
+			if (! iswprint (w))
+			  printable = 0;
+			m += bytes;
+		      }
+		  }
+		while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
+	      }
+
+	    if (1 < m || (backslash_escapes && ! printable))
+	      {
+		/* Output a multibyte sequence, or an escaped
+		   unprintable unibyte character.  */
+		size_t ilim = i + m;
+
+		for (;;)
+		  {
+		    if (backslash_escapes && ! printable)
+		      {
+			STORE ('\\');
+			STORE ('0' + (c >> 6));
+			STORE ('0' + ((c >> 3) & 7));
+			c = '0' + (c & 7);
+		      }
+		    if (ilim <= i + 1)
+		      break;
+		    STORE (c);
+		    c = arg[++i];
+		  }
+
+		goto store_c;
+	      }
+	  }
+	}
+
+      if (! (backslash_escapes
+	     && o->quote_these_too[c / INT_BITS] & (1 << (c % INT_BITS))))
+	goto store_c;
+
+    store_escape:
+      STORE ('\\');
+
+    store_c:
+      STORE (c);
+    }
+
+  if (quote_string)
+    for (; *quote_string; quote_string++)
+      STORE (*quote_string);
+
+  if (len < buffersize)
+    buffer[len] = '\0';
+  return len;
+
+ use_shell_always_quoting_style:
+  return quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
+				   shell_always_quoting_style, o);
+}
+
+/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
+   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
+   If O is null, use the default.
+   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
+   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
+   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
+   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
+   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.  */
+size_t
+quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
+		 char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+		 struct quoting_options const *o)
+{
+  struct quoting_options const *p = o ? o : &default_quoting_options;
+  return quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
+				   p->style, p);
+}
+
+/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of argument ARG.
+   ARG is of size ARGSIZE, but if that is -1, ARG is a null-terminated string.
+   OPTIONS specifies the quoting options.
+   The returned value points to static storage that can be
+   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
+   N must be nonnegative.  N is deliberately declared with type "int"
+   to allow for future extensions (using negative values).  */
+static char *
+quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+		    struct quoting_options const *options)
+{
+  /* Preallocate a slot 0 buffer, so that the caller can always quote
+     one small component of a "memory exhausted" message in slot 0.  */
+  static char slot0[256];
+  static unsigned int nslots = 1;
+  unsigned int n0 = n;
+  struct slotvec
+    {
+      size_t size;
+      char *val;
+    };
+  static struct slotvec slotvec0 = {sizeof slot0, slot0};
+  static struct slotvec *slotvec = &slotvec0;
+
+  if (n < 0)
+    abort ();
+
+  if (nslots <= n0)
+    {
+      unsigned int n1 = n0 + 1;
+      size_t s = n1 * sizeof *slotvec;
+
+      if (SIZE_MAX / UINT_MAX <= sizeof *slotvec
+	  && n1 != s / sizeof *slotvec)
+	xalloc_die ();
+
+      if (slotvec == &slotvec0)
+	{
+	  slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xmalloc (sizeof *slotvec);
+	  *slotvec = slotvec0;
+	}
+      slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xrealloc (slotvec, s);
+      memset (slotvec + nslots, 0, (n1 - nslots) * sizeof *slotvec);
+      nslots = n1;
+    }
+
+  {
+    size_t size = slotvec[n].size;
+    char *val = slotvec[n].val;
+    size_t qsize = quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, argsize, options);
+
+    if (size <= qsize)
+      {
+	slotvec[n].size = size = qsize + 1;
+	slotvec[n].val = val = xrealloc (val == slot0 ? 0 : val, size);
+	quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, argsize, options);
+      }
+
+    return val;
+  }
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n (int n, char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, (size_t) -1, &default_quoting_options);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg (char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n (0, arg);
+}
+
+/* Return quoting options for STYLE, with no extra quoting.  */
+static struct quoting_options
+quoting_options_from_style (enum quoting_style style)
+{
+  struct quoting_options o;
+  o.style = style;
+  memset (o.quote_these_too, 0, sizeof o.quote_these_too);
+  return o;
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n_style (int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
+{
+  struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, (size_t) -1, &o);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n_style_mem (int n, enum quoting_style s,
+		      char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, argsize, &o);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_style (enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_style (0, s, arg);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_char (char const *arg, char ch)
+{
+  struct quoting_options options;
+  options = default_quoting_options;
+  set_char_quoting (&options, ch, 1);
+  return quotearg_n_options (0, arg, (size_t) -1, &options);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_colon (char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_char (arg, ':');
+}

lib/quotearg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* quotearg.h - quote arguments for output
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <[email protected]> */
+
+#ifndef QUOTEARG_H_
+# define QUOTEARG_H_ 1
+
+/* Basic quoting styles.  */
+enum quoting_style
+  {
+    literal_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=literal */
+    shell_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=shell */
+    shell_always_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=shell-always */
+    c_quoting_style,		/* --quoting-style=c */
+    escape_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=escape */
+    locale_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=locale */
+    clocale_quoting_style	/* --quoting-style=clocale */
+  };
+
+/* For now, --quoting-style=literal is the default, but this may change.  */
+# ifndef DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE
+#  define DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE literal_quoting_style
+# endif
+
+/* Names of quoting styles and their corresponding values.  */
+extern char const *const quoting_style_args[];
+extern enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[];
+
+struct quoting_options;
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* The functions listed below set and use a hidden variable
+   that contains the default quoting style options.  */
+
+/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
+   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
+   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
+struct quoting_options *clone_quoting_options
+   PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
+
+/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
+enum quoting_style get_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
+void set_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o,
+				enum quoting_style s));
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
+   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
+   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
+   it would not otherwise be quoted).  */
+int set_char_quoting PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i));
+
+/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
+   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
+   If O is null, use the default.
+   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
+   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
+   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
+   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
+   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.  */
+size_t quotearg_buffer PARAMS ((char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
+				char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+				struct quoting_options const *o));
+
+/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
+   Use the default quoting options.
+   The returned value points to static storage that can be
+   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
+   N must be nonnegative.  */
+char *quotearg_n PARAMS ((int n, char const *arg));
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n (0, ARG).  */
+char *quotearg PARAMS ((char const *arg));
+
+/* Use style S and storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
+   This is like quotearg_n (N, ARG), except that it uses S with no other
+   options to specify the quoting method.  */
+char *quotearg_n_style PARAMS ((int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg));
+
+/* Use style S and storage slot N to return a quoted version of the
+   argument ARG of size ARGSIZE.  This is like quotearg_n_style
+   (N, S, ARG), except it can quote null bytes.  */
+char *quotearg_n_style_mem PARAMS ((int n, enum quoting_style s,
+				    char const *arg, size_t argsize));
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n_style (0, S, ARG).  */
+char *quotearg_style PARAMS ((enum quoting_style s, char const *arg));
+
+/* Like quotearg (ARG), except also quote any instances of CH.  */
+char *quotearg_char PARAMS ((char const *arg, char ch));
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_char (ARG, ':').  */
+char *quotearg_colon PARAMS ((char const *arg));
+
+#endif /* !QUOTEARG_H_ */

lib/readpipe.c

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/* Open a pipe to read from a program without intermediary sh.
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if __STDC__
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+#include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Open a pipe to read from a program without intermediary sh.  Checks
+   PATH.  Sample use:
+
+   stream = readpipe ("progname", "arg1", "arg2", (char *) 0);
+
+   Return 0 on error.  */
+
+#if __STDC__
+FILE *
+readpipe (char *progname, ...)
+#else
+FILE *
+readpipe (va_alist)
+#endif
+{
+#if ! __STDC__
+  char *progname;
+#endif
+  int fds[2];
+  va_list ap;
+  char *args[100];
+  int argno = 0;
+
+  /* Copy arguments into `args'. */
+#if __STDC__
+  va_start (ap, progname);
+#else
+  va_start (ap);
+  progname = va_arg (ap, char *);
+#endif
+  args[argno++] = progname;
+  while ((args[argno++] = va_arg (ap, char *)) != NULL)
+    ;
+  va_end (ap);
+
+  if (pipe (fds) == -1)
+    return 0;
+
+  switch (fork ())
+    {
+    case 0:			/* Child.  Write to pipe. */
+      close (fds[0]);		/* Not needed. */
+      if (fds[1] != 1)		/* Redirect 1 (stdout) only if needed.  */
+	{
+	  close (1);		/* We don't want the old stdout. */
+	  if (dup (fds[1]) == 0)/* Maybe stdin was closed. */
+	    {
+	      dup (fds[1]);	/* Guaranteed to dup to 1 (stdout). */
+	      close (0);
+	    }
+	  close (fds[1]);	/* No longer needed. */
+	}
+      execvp (args[0], args);
+      _exit (2);		/* 2 for `cmp'. */
+    case -1:			/* Error. */
+      return 0;
+    default:			/* Parent.  Read from pipe. */
+      close (fds[1]);		/* Not needed. */
+      return fdopen (fds[0], "r");
+    }
+}

lib/realloc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Work around bug on some systems where realloc (NULL, 0) fails.
+   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#undef realloc
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+char *malloc ();
+char *realloc ();
+
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
+   with error checking.  If N is zero, change it to 1.  If P is NULL,
+   use malloc.  */
+
+char *
+rpl_realloc (p, n)
+     char *p;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  if (n == 0)
+    n = 1;
+  if (p == 0)
+    return malloc (n);
+  return realloc (p, n);
+}

lib/stpcpy.c

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* stpcpy.c -- copy a string and return pointer to end of new string
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to [email protected].
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#undef __stpcpy
+#undef stpcpy
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __stpcpy stpcpy
+#endif
+
+/* Copy SRC to DEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in DEST.  */
+char *
+__stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
+{
+  register char *d = dest;
+  register const char *s = src;
+
+  do
+    *d++ = *s;
+  while (*s++ != '\0');
+
+  return d - 1;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__stpcpy, stpcpy)
+#endif

lib/strcasecmp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* strcasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LENGTH_LIMIT
+# define STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION strncasecmp
+# define STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N , size_t n
+# define LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR(Expr) Expr
+#else
+# define STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION strcasecmp
+# define STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N /* empty */
+# define LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR(Expr) 0
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#define TOLOWER(Ch) (isupper (Ch) ? tolower (Ch) : (Ch))
+
+/* Compare {{no more than N characters of }}strings S1 and S2,
+   ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
+   greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less
+   than, equal to or greater than S2.  */
+
+int
+STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION (const char *s1, const char *s2 STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N)
+{
+  register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
+  register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2 || LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR (n == 0))
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      c1 = TOLOWER (*p1);
+      c2 = TOLOWER (*p2);
+
+      if (LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR (--n == 0) || c1 == '\0')
+	break;
+
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  return c1 - c2;
+}

lib/strchr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+
+char *
+strchr (const char *s, int c)
+{
+  return index (s, c);
+}

lib/strncasecmp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#define LENGTH_LIMIT
+#include "strcasecmp.c"

lib/strnlen.c

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#  include <memory.h>
+# endif
+/* Temporarily redefine strnlen so that an inconsistent prototype
+   (on at least AIX4.3.2.0 w/gcc-2.95.3) doesn't cause trouble.  */
+# define strnlen system_strnlen
+# include <string.h>
+# undef strnlen
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_MEMCHR
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_MEMCHR
+char *memchr ();
+#endif
+
+#undef __strnlen
+#undef strnlen
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __strnlen strnlen
+#endif
+
+/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
+   If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN.  */
+
+size_t
+__strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen)
+{
+  const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen);
+  return end ? (size_t) (end - string) : maxlen;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__strnlen, strnlen)
+#endif

lib/strrchr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Portable version of strrchr().
+   This function is in the public domain. */
+
+/*
+
+@deftypefn Supplemental char* strrchr (const char *@var{s}, int @var{c})
+
+Returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the character @var{c} in
+the string @var{s}, or @code{NULL} if not found.  If @var{c} is itself the
+null character, the results are undefined.
+
+@end deftypefn
+
+*/
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+
+char *
+strrchr (s, c)
+  register const char *s;
+  int c;
+{
+  char *rtnval = 0;
+
+  do {
+    if (*s == c)
+      rtnval = (char*) s;
+  } while (*s++);
+  return (rtnval);
+}

lib/strspn.c

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU
+   C Library.  Bugs can be reported to [email protected].
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+# ifndef strchr
+#  define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#undef strspn
+
+/* Return the length of the maximum initial segment
+   of S which contains only characters in ACCEPT.  */
+size_t
+strspn (s, accept)
+     const char *s;
+     const char *accept;
+{
+  const char *p;
+  const char *a;
+  size_t count = 0;
+
+  for (p = s; *p != '\0'; ++p)
+    {
+      for (a = accept; *a != '\0'; ++a)
+	if (*p == *a)
+	  break;
+      if (*a == '\0')
+	return count;
+      else
+	++count;
+    }
+
+  return count;
+}

lib/strtol.c

@@ -0,0 +1,472 @@
+/* Convert string representation of a number into an integer value.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to [email protected].
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# define STDC_HEADERS
+# define HAVE_LIMITS_H
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stddef.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# ifndef NULL
+#  define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Nonzero if we are defining `strtoul' or `strtoull', operating on
+   unsigned integers.  */
+#ifndef UNSIGNED
+# define UNSIGNED 0
+# define INT LONG int
+#else
+# define INT unsigned LONG int
+#endif
+
+/* Determine the name.  */
+#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+# if UNSIGNED
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __wcstoull_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __wcstoul_l
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __strtoull_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __strtoul_l
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __wcstoll_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __wcstol_l
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __strtoll_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __strtol_l
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#else
+# if UNSIGNED
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol wcstoull
+#   else
+#    define strtol wcstoul
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol strtoull
+#   else
+#    define strtol strtoul
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol wcstoll
+#   else
+#    define strtol wcstol
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol strtoll
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* If QUAD is defined, we are defining `strtoll' or `strtoull',
+   operating on `long long int's.  */
+#ifdef QUAD
+# define LONG long long
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LONG_LONG_MIN
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LONG_LONG_MAX
+# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULONG_LONG_MAX
+
+/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs,
+   e.g. Cray C 5.0.3.0 when t == time_t.  */
+# ifndef TYPE_SIGNED
+#  define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+# endif
+# ifndef TYPE_MINIMUM
+#  define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
+				? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) \
+				: (t) 0))
+# endif
+# ifndef TYPE_MAXIMUM
+#  define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) ((t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t)))
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ULONG_LONG_MAX
+#  define ULONG_LONG_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (unsigned long long)
+# endif
+# ifndef LONG_LONG_MAX
+#  define LONG_LONG_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (long long int)
+# endif
+# ifndef LONG_LONG_MIN
+#  define LONG_LONG_MIN TYPE_MINIMUM (long long int)
+# endif
+
+# if __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7
+   /* Work around gcc bug with using this constant.  */
+   static const unsigned long long int maxquad = ULONG_LONG_MAX;
+#  undef STRTOL_ULONG_MAX
+#  define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX maxquad
+# endif
+#else
+# define LONG long
+
+# ifndef ULONG_MAX
+#  define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long) ~(unsigned long) 0)
+# endif
+# ifndef LONG_MAX
+#  define LONG_MAX ((long int) (ULONG_MAX >> 1))
+# endif
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LONG_MIN
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
+# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
+#endif
+
+
+/* We use this code also for the extended locale handling where the
+   function gets as an additional argument the locale which has to be
+   used.  To access the values we have to redefine the _NL_CURRENT
+   macro.  */
+#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+# undef _NL_CURRENT
+# define _NL_CURRENT(category, item) \
+  (current->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (item)].string)
+# define LOCALE_PARAM , loc
+# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL __locale_t loc;
+#else
+# define LOCALE_PARAM
+# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_WCHAR_H
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+# include <wctype.h>
+# define L_(Ch) L##Ch
+# define UCHAR_TYPE wint_t
+# define STRING_TYPE wchar_t
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) __iswspace_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) __iswalpha_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) __towupper_l ((Ch), loc)
+# else
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) iswspace (Ch)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) iswalpha (Ch)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) towupper (Ch)
+# endif
+#else
+# if defined STDC_HEADERS || (!defined isascii && !defined HAVE_ISASCII)
+#  define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+# else
+#  define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+# endif
+# define L_(Ch) Ch
+# define UCHAR_TYPE unsigned char
+# define STRING_TYPE char
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) __isspace_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) __isalpha_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) __toupper_l ((Ch), loc)
+# else
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) && isspace (Ch))
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) && isalpha (Ch))
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) ? toupper (Ch) : (Ch))
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* For compilers which are ansi but don't define __STDC__, like SGI
+   Irix-4.0.5 cc, also check whether PROTOTYPES is defined. */
+#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (PROTOTYPES)
+# define INTERNAL(X) INTERNAL1(X)
+# define INTERNAL1(X) __##X##_internal
+# define WEAKNAME(X) WEAKNAME1(X)
+#else
+# define INTERNAL(X) __/**/X/**/_internal
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+/* This file defines a function to check for correct grouping.  */
+# include "grouping.h"
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Convert NPTR to an `unsigned long int' or `long int' in base BASE.
+   If BASE is 0 the base is determined by the presence of a leading
+   zero, indicating octal or a leading "0x" or "0X", indicating hexadecimal.
+   If BASE is < 2 or > 36, it is reset to 10.
+   If ENDPTR is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the last
+   one converted is stored in *ENDPTR.  */
+
+INT
+INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group LOCALE_PARAM)
+     const STRING_TYPE *nptr;
+     STRING_TYPE **endptr;
+     int base;
+     int group;
+     LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
+{
+  int negative;
+  register unsigned LONG int cutoff;
+  register unsigned int cutlim;
+  register unsigned LONG int i;
+  register const STRING_TYPE *s;
+  register UCHAR_TYPE c;
+  const STRING_TYPE *save, *end;
+  int overflow;
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+  struct locale_data *current = loc->__locales[LC_NUMERIC];
+# endif
+  /* The thousands character of the current locale.  */
+  wchar_t thousands = L'\0';
+  /* The numeric grouping specification of the current locale,
+     in the format described in <locale.h>.  */
+  const char *grouping;
+
+  if (group)
+    {
+      grouping = _NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, GROUPING);
+      if (*grouping <= 0 || *grouping == CHAR_MAX)
+	grouping = NULL;
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Figure out the thousands separator character.  */
+# if defined _LIBC || defined _HAVE_BTOWC
+	  thousands = __btowc (*_NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, THOUSANDS_SEP));
+	  if (thousands == WEOF)
+	    thousands = L'\0';
+# endif
+	  if (thousands == L'\0')
+	    grouping = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    grouping = NULL;
+#endif
+
+  if (base < 0 || base == 1 || base > 36)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  save = s = nptr;
+
+  /* Skip white space.  */
+  while (ISSPACE (*s))
+    ++s;
+  if (*s == L_('\0'))
+    goto noconv;
+
+  /* Check for a sign.  */
+  if (*s == L_('-'))
+    {
+      negative = 1;
+      ++s;
+    }
+  else if (*s == L_('+'))
+    {
+      negative = 0;
+      ++s;
+    }
+  else
+    negative = 0;
+
+  /* Recognize number prefix and if BASE is zero, figure it out ourselves.  */
+  if (*s == L_('0'))
+    {
+      if ((base == 0 || base == 16) && TOUPPER (s[1]) == L_('X'))
+	{
+	  s += 2;
+	  base = 16;
+	}
+      else if (base == 0)
+	base = 8;
+    }
+  else if (base == 0)
+    base = 10;
+
+  /* Save the pointer so we can check later if anything happened.  */
+  save = s;
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+  if (group)
+    {
+      /* Find the end of the digit string and check its grouping.  */
+      end = s;
+      for (c = *end; c != L_('\0'); c = *++end)
+	if ((wchar_t) c != thousands
+	    && ((wchar_t) c < L_('0') || (wchar_t) c > L_('9'))
+	    && (!ISALPHA (c) || (int) (TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10) >= base))
+	  break;
+      if (*s == thousands)
+	end = s;
+      else
+	end = correctly_grouped_prefix (s, end, thousands, grouping);
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    end = NULL;
+
+  cutoff = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX / (unsigned LONG int) base;
+  cutlim = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX % (unsigned LONG int) base;
+
+  overflow = 0;
+  i = 0;
+  for (c = *s; c != L_('\0'); c = *++s)
+    {
+      if (s == end)
+	break;
+      if (c >= L_('0') && c <= L_('9'))
+	c -= L_('0');
+      else if (ISALPHA (c))
+	c = TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10;
+      else
+	break;
+      if ((int) c >= base)
+	break;
+      /* Check for overflow.  */
+      if (i > cutoff || (i == cutoff && c > cutlim))
+	overflow = 1;
+      else
+	{
+	  i *= (unsigned LONG int) base;
+	  i += c;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Check if anything actually happened.  */
+  if (s == save)
+    goto noconv;
+
+  /* Store in ENDPTR the address of one character
+     past the last character we converted.  */
+  if (endptr != NULL)
+    *endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) s;
+
+#if !UNSIGNED
+  /* Check for a value that is within the range of
+     `unsigned LONG int', but outside the range of `LONG int'.  */
+  if (overflow == 0
+      && i > (negative
+	      ? -((unsigned LONG int) (STRTOL_LONG_MIN + 1)) + 1
+	      : (unsigned LONG int) STRTOL_LONG_MAX))
+    overflow = 1;
+#endif
+
+  if (overflow)
+    {
+      __set_errno (ERANGE);
+#if UNSIGNED
+      return STRTOL_ULONG_MAX;
+#else
+      return negative ? STRTOL_LONG_MIN : STRTOL_LONG_MAX;
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Return the result of the appropriate sign.  */
+  return negative ? -i : i;
+
+noconv:
+  /* We must handle a special case here: the base is 0 or 16 and the
+     first two characters are '0' and 'x', but the rest are no
+     hexadecimal digits.  This is no error case.  We return 0 and
+     ENDPTR points to the `x`.  */
+  if (endptr != NULL)
+    {
+      if (save - nptr >= 2 && TOUPPER (save[-1]) == L_('X')
+	  && save[-2] == L_('0'))
+	*endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) &save[-1];
+      else
+	/*  There was no number to convert.  */
+	*endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) nptr;
+    }
+
+  return 0L;
+}
+
+/* External user entry point.  */
+
+#if _LIBC - 0 == 0
+# undef PARAMS
+# if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+
+/* Prototype.  */
+INT strtol PARAMS ((const STRING_TYPE *nptr, STRING_TYPE **endptr, int base));
+#endif
+
+
+INT
+#ifdef weak_function
+weak_function
+#endif
+strtol (nptr, endptr, base LOCALE_PARAM)
+     const STRING_TYPE *nptr;
+     STRING_TYPE **endptr;
+     int base;
+     LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
+{
+  return INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, 0 LOCALE_PARAM);
+}